2014 Cadillac CTS Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac CTS Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-6081492) - 2014 - CRC 2nd Edition - 11/18/13

2014 Cadillac CTS Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Performance andMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Keys, Doors, andWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-48Universal Remote System . . . . 5-55

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-15Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-23Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-30Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-45Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-70


2014 Cadillac CTS Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-66Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3Special ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1


Introduction iii

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath,and CTS are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on your specificvehicle either because they areoptions that you did not purchase ordue to changes subsequent to theprinting of this owner manual.

Please refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm each ofthe features found on your vehicle.For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesavant:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 22800483 C Third Printing ©2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


iv Introduction

Danger, Warnings, andCautions

{ Danger

Text marked{ Danger providesinformation on risk of fatal injury.Disregarding this information mayendanger life.

{ Warning

Text marked{ Warning providesinformation on risk of accident orinjury. Disregarding thisinformation may lead to injury.

{ Caution

Text marked{ Caution providesinformation that may indicate ahazard that could result in injuryor death. It could also result inpossible damage to the vehicle.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see your owner manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

* : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see a service manualfor additional instructions orinformation.


Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


vi Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Heated and VentilatedSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Steering WheelAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Vehicle FeaturesSteering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-15Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-16Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-17Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Active Emergency BrakingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Universal Remote System . . . 1-18Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-20Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-21Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22


1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8-8.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn andLane-Change Signals onpage 6-5.

3. Manual Mode on page 9-25 (IfEquipped).

4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-10.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5-3.

6. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6-5.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9-58 (If Equipped).

7. Light Sensor (If Equipped). SeeAutomatic Headlamp System onpage 6-4.

Solar Sensor. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1.

8. Infotainment on page 7-1.

9. Glove Box Button. See GloveBox on page 4-2.

Automatic Parking Assist (IfEquipped). See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backingon page 9-46.

Parking Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems for Parkingor Backing on page 9-46.

10. Parking Brake Release Switch.See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-28.

11. Hood Release. See Hood onpage 10-4.

12. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5-19.

13. Head-Up Display (HUD) onpage 5-33 (If Equipped).

14. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6-6.

15. Cruise Control on page 9-34 (IfEquipped).

Adaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-37 (If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-52 (IfEquipped).

Heated Steering Wheel onpage 5-3 (If Equipped).

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5-2.

17. Horn on page 5-3.

18. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5-3.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-30.

19. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions onpage 9-16.

20. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3-8 (IfEquipped).


1-4 In Brief

21. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission on page 9-23.

Manual Mode Button. SeeAutomatic Transmission onpage 9-23.

22. MODE Switch. See DriverMode Control on page 9-31.

23. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control on page 9-30.

24. Instrument Panel Storage onpage 4-1.

25. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Starting the EngineWhen first starting the vehicle, theengine idle speed will be elevated toallow the catalytic converter, anemissions control device, to quicklyreach operating temperature. Afterapproximately 20 seconds, theengine will begin to transition to itsnormal, quieter idle speed, whichcan vary depending on thetemperature. This is normaloperation.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away.

With Remote Start and RemoteTrunk Release Shown, Without

Similar

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used for all locks.

Press K to unlock the driver door orall doors.

Press Q to lock all doors.


In Brief 1-5

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48.

PressX twice quickly, to releasethe trunk.

Press 7 and release to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for more thanthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys on page 2-1 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-3.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped with this feature, theengine can be started from outsideof the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on thetransmitter.

2. Immediately after completingStep 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash.

3. Press the brake pedal and selectON/RUN/START ignition modeto drive the vehicle.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a10-minute time extension. Remotestart can be extended only once.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2-9.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-3.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in thefront doors. The key cylinder iscovered by a cap. See Door Lockson page 2-11.

From the inside rear doors, pushdown on the door lock knob on topof the door. To unlock a door, pullonce on the door handle to unlock it,and again to open it.


1-6 In Brief

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-3.

From inside, press Q or K. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated. SeePower Door Locks on page 2-12.

Trunk

To open the trunk, press| on the

driver door, pressX twice quicklyon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter, or press the touch padon the rear of the vehicle afterunlocking all doors.

If equipped with Keyless Access,press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk above the license platewhen the RKE transmitter is inrange. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation onpage 2-3 and Trunk on page 2-14.

Windows

The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up to raiseit. See Power Windows onpage 2-21.


In Brief 1-7

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

To adjust the seat:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If equipped, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.

See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3-3.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, to adjust the lumbarsupport, press and hold the controlforward or rearward or up and down.

See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3-4.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, to adjust the bolstersupport, press and hold the reclinercontrol up and down.

See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3-4.


1-8 In Brief

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3-5.

Memory Features

The SET, "1," "2," andB (Exit)buttons on the driver door are usedto manually save and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped).

See Memory Seats on page 3-6 andVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.


In Brief 1-9

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3-8.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints on page 3-2and Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3-3.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:. Safety Belts on page 3-13.. How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly on page 3-14.. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-15.. Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) onpage 3-42.


1-10 In Brief

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3-28.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole are visible when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator on page 5-18.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (L) or (R) to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror up,down, right, or left.

3. Adjust each mirror so that a littleof the vehicle and the areabehind it can be seen.

4. PressO to deselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors on page 2-20.

Interior

The vehicle has an automaticdimming inside rearview mirror.Automatic dimming reduces theglare of headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror on page 2-21.


In Brief 1-11

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.. Push the control up or down to

tilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats onpage 3-6.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

OFF: Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.


1-12 In Brief

DOOR: The lamp comes on whena door is opened.

ON: Turns the lamp on.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the button next to each rearpassenger reading lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control on page 6-6.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theend of the turn signal lever.

There are four positions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTOmode. In Canada, the headlampswill automatically reactivate whenthe vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO: Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.


In Brief 1-13

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6-1 and Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on page 6-4.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT: Move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn thex INT bandon the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity. To turn the Rainsensefeature on or off, see “Rain SenseWipers” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5-3.


1-14 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

6. Defrost

7. Rear Window Defogger

8. Recirculation

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Air Delivery Mode Control


In Brief 1-15

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1 and RearClimate Control System on page 8-6(If Equipped).

TransmissionTap Shift

Permanent Tap Shift Mode may beentered with the shift lever inD (Drive), by pressing the M (ManualMode) button on the top of the shiftlever.

Temporary Tap Shift Mode may beentered while in D (Drive) using thetap shift controls on the back of thesteering wheel.

See Manual Mode on page 9-25.

Vehicle Features

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white cruise controlindicator appears in the instrumentcluster when cruise is turned on.

+RES: Press the control up brieflyto resume to make the vehicleresume to a previously set speed orpress and hold to accelerate.If cruise control is already active,use to increase vehicle speed. Toincrease speed by 1 km/h (1 mph),press +RES up to the first detent. To


1-16 In Brief

increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET−: Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed. To decrease speedby 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−down to the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer, pressSET− down to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control on page 9-34 orAdaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-37 (if equipped).

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,

and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL: Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5-30.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-52.


In Brief 1-17

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW is intended to helpavoid unintentional lane departuresat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW indicator, @, appears green ifa lane marking is detected. If thevehicle departs the lane, theindicator will change to amber andflash. In addition, beeps will sound,or the driver seat will pulse.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9-58.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, SBZA will detectvehicles in the next lane over in thevehicle's side blind zone area.When this happens, the SBZAdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)on page 9-56.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on thecenter stack display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing on page 9-46.

Ultrasonic Parking AssistIf equipped, Ultrasonic Rear ParkingAssist (URPA) uses sensors on therear bumper to assist with parkingand avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPAmay display a warning triangle onthe Rear Vision Camera screen anda graphic on the instrument clusterto provide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or seatpulses may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system, a higherspeed Backing Warning System,and the Rear Automatic Brakingsystem.

See Driver Assistance Systems onpage 9-45.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and maneuver thevehicle into parallel parking spotsusing automatic steering, DICdisplays, and beeps. When thevehicle speed is below 30 km/h(18 mph), press the APA button,O,to enable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing onpage 9-46.


1-18 In Brief

Active EmergencyBraking SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the ActiveEmergency Braking System, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA) and the AutomaticCollision Preparation (ACP) System.These systems can provide a boostto braking or automatically brake thevehicle to help avoid or lessen theseverity of crashes while movingforward.

See Active Emergency BrakingSystem on page 9-54.

Power OutletsAccessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three 12-voltaccessory power outlets:. Inside the center console

storage in front of the armrestcover.

. Inside the armrest bin behind thecupholders.

. On the rear of the centerconsole, if equipped.

These outlets are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets on page 5-6.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another person


In Brief 1-19

available to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal Remote System onpage 5-55.

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof will onlyoperate when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active. See IgnitionPositions on page 9-16 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)on page 9-19.

The driver side switch (1) operatesthe sunroof.

Vent: Press and release the frontof the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.The sunshade will automaticallyopen approximately 38 cm (15 in).Press and hold the rear of theswitch (1) to close the sunroof vent.

Express Open/Express Close:Press the front of the switch (1) asecond time to express open thesunroof. Press the rear of theswitch (1) to express close. To stopthe sunroof partway, press theswitch (1) again.

The passenger side switch (2)operates the sunshade. Press andrelease the front or rear of theswitch (2) to express open orexpress close the sunshade. Tostop the sunshade partway, pressthe switch (2) again.

See Sunroof on page 2-25.


1-20 In Brief

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak assists with directionalcontrol of the vehicle in difficultdriving conditions. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.. To turn off TCS, press and

release the TCS/StabiliTrakbuttonY on the center console.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-44.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn traction controlback on.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold theTCS/StabiliTrak buttonY on the

center console until g and iilluminate in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage displays. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-44.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control on page 9-30.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9-11.The warning light will remain on untilthe tire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.


In Brief 1-21

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10-50.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-30 andEngine Oil Messages onpage 5-39.

2. Press the SEL button and holdto clear the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message and resetthe oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10-12.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.. Avoid fast starts and accelerate

smoothly.. Brake gradually and avoid

abrupt stops.. Avoid idling the engine for long

periods of time.. When road and weather

conditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.


1-22 In Brief

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Service Program.

See Roadside Service onpage 13-5.

OnStar®

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices. See OnStar Overview onpage 14-1.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-13Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-16Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-18

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-21Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . 2-24

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

This key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door, front passengerdoor, and rear folding seats.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the side of the transmitter nearthe bottom, and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService on page 13-5.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview on page 14-1.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:. Check the distance. The

transmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.

With Remote Start and RemoteTrunk Release Shown, Without

Similar

Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound toindicate locking. See “Remote Lock,Unlock, Start” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled through thevehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door will

immediately unlock. See “UnlockedDoor Anti Lock Out” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System on page 2-16.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedriver door or all doors. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight, the headlamps and back-uplamps will come on for about30 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle. The turn signalindicators may flash to indicateunlocking. Memory seat positionsmay be recalled when unlocking thevehicle.

See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System on page 2-16.



Press and hold K until the windowsfully open.

/ (Remote Start): If equipped,press and release Q and then

immediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start theengine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start on page 2-9.

7 (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm): Press and release onetime to initiate vehicle locator. Theexterior lamps flash and the hornchirps three times. Press and hold7 for more than three seconds tosound the panic alarm. The hornsounds and the turn signal lampsflash for 30 seconds, or until 7 ispressed again or the vehicle isstarted.

X (Remote Trunk Release):Press twice quickly to release thetrunk.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the trunk without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the door being opened.If equipped, there will be a button onthe outside door handles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Door Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:. It has been more than

five seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.



Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on a passengerdoor handle will unlock all doors.Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:. The lock/unlock button was used

to unlock all doors.. Any vehicle door has opened

and all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system allowsfor selecting whether the doorsautomatically lock during normalvehicle exit. When the vehicle isturned off and all doors are closed,the vehicle will determine how manyRKE transmitters remain inside thevehicle. If at least one RKEtransmitter has been removed from

the vehicle, or none remain in thevehicle interior, the doors will lockafter several seconds.

Temporary Disable PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalizationon page 5-48.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad on the trunkhandle to open the trunk if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Remove the vehicle key from therecognized transmitter.

2. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.



3. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks on page 2-11.Insert the vehicle key into thekey lock cylinder on the driverdoor handle, then turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thecenter console storage area will

need to be opened and therubber mat needs to be removedto access the transmitter pocket.

5. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press Kor Q on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdthe ENGINE START/STOPbutton for approximately12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Return the vehicle key back intothe transmitter.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all transmitters to beprogrammed must be with you.

1. Remove the vehicle key from thetransmitter.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks on page 2-11.Insert the vehicle key into thekey lock cylinder on the driverdoor handle, then turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.



3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DICdisplays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button.

The DIC display will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 3 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during the nextsteps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

5. Place the new transmitter in thetransmitter pocket. The centerconsole storage area will needto be opened and the rubber matneeds to be removed to accessthe transmitter pocket.

6. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press Kor Q on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdthe ENGINE START/STOPbutton for approximately12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

8. Return the vehicle key back intothe transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE whenstarting the vehicle. See Key andLock Messages on page 5-40.



To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console storagearea and remove the rubber mat.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral) press the brakepedal and the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC. 1. Press the button on the side of

the transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.



2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter, do not use thekey slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the front and back housingthen snap the transmittertogether.

Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside the vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start): Thisbutton will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on duringremote start.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System on page 2-2.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Thisconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or the ignitionis put in ON/RUN/START.

3. Press the brake pedal and selectthe ON/RUN/START ignitionmode to drive the vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–2 are repeated while theengine is still running. This providesa total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10 minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:. The ignition is in any mode other

than OFF.. The transmitter is in the vehicle.. The hood is not closed.. The hazard warning flashers

are on.. There is an emission control

system malfunction.. The engine coolant temperature

is too high.. The oil pressure is low.. Two remote vehicle starts have

already been used.. The vehicle is not in P (Park).



Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if thedoors are not locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stopping thevehicle. Lock the doors tohelp prevent this fromhappening.

Keyless Access

Use the Keyless Access system tolock and unlock the door. When thedoors are locked and the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is

within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver doorhandle, press the lock/unlockbutton. When unlocking from thedriver door, the first press unlocksthat door; press again withinfive seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation onpage 2-3.

Key Cylinder Access

To access the key cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position.

2. Insert the key (4) into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2) andpry outward.



3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key (4) in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle to the openposition.

2. Insert the two tabs (7) at theback of the cap (8) between theseal (5) and the metal base (6).

3. Move the cap forward and pressto snap the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.

Inside the Vehicle

On the rear doors, push down onthe door lock knob to lock the doormanually. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock the door and againto open the door.

Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doorsautomatically. See Power DoorLocks on page 2-12.

Power Door Locks



Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedoors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds have

elapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/STARTand the power door lock switch ispressed with the driver door open,all the doors will lock and only thedriver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.



If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Safety Locks

The rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

PressZ { to activate the safetylocks on the rear doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

The rear door power windows arealso disabled. See Power Windowson page 2-21.

PressZ { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time thesafety lock is deactivated, that doorwill remain locked and the indicatorlight may flash. Release the handle,then press the safety lock twice todeactivate the safety locks.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air andset the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in theIndex.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust onpage 9-22.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

The trunk can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad above the license platewhile the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-3.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down.

Rear Seat Pass-Through

Use the rear seat pass-through doorwhen transporting long items.

To open, pull down the rear seatarmrest. Pull the lever all the waydown to release the door.

To close, push it up and back intoplace. Try to open the door withoutpulling up on the lever to make sureit is locked into place.



Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

{ Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off: Alarm system is disarmed.



On Solid: Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash: Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:. Use the RKE transmitter.. Use the Keyless Access

system.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin to slowlyflash indicating the alarm systemis operating. Pressing Q on theRKE transmitter a second time

will bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the trunk, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:. Lock the vehicle after all

occupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.



How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps three times, aprevious alarm occurred while thesystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages onpage 5-45.

Power Sounder and InclinationSensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have a powersounder and inclination sensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is distinct fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm if the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbutton startis activated to enter the ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.



If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKEtransmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the center console. SeeKey and Lock Messages onpage 5-40.

If the ignition modes will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See yourdealer.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-3.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Caution

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (L) or (R) to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror up,down, right, or left.

3. Adjust each mirror so that a littleof the vehicle and the areabehind it can be seen.

4. PressO to deselect the mirror.

Memory Mirrors

If equipped, the vehicle may havememory mirrors. See Memory Seatson page 3-6.

Automatic Dimming

If equipped, the driver side mirrorautomatically dims to reduce theglare of the vehicle headlamps frombehind. This feature comes on whenthe vehicle is started.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated Mirrors= (Rear Window Defogger):If equipped, press to heat themirrors.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsThe passenger and/or driver mirrortilt to a preselected position whenthe vehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisfeature allows the driver to view thecurb when parallel parking. Themirror returns to the original positionwhen the vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the ignition is turnedoff or to OFF/LOCK, or if the vehicleis driven in reverse above apredetermined speed.

Turn this feature on or off throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys on page 2-1.



The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up toraise it.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)allows the use of the powerwindows after the ignition has beenturned off. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 9-19.

Express-Down/Up Windows

The express feature allows thewindows to be raised and loweredall the way without holding theswitch.

Press or pull the switch fully andrelease it to activate the expressfeature.

Cancel the express mode by brieflypressing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation after theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

{ Warning

If express override is activated,the window will not reverseautomatically. You or others couldbe injured and the window couldbe damaged. Before you useexpress override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

To override the anti-pinch feature,hold the window switch all the wayup to the second position. Thewindow will rise for as long as theswitch is held. Once the switch isreleased, the express mode isreactivated.

In this mode, the window can closeon an object in its path. Use carewhen using the override mode.



Programming the PowerWindows

If the vehicle battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, or is notworking, the front power windowswill need to be reprogrammed forthe express-up feature to work.Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.

To program:

1. With the ignition in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power(RAP) is active, close all doors.

2. Press and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull the power window switch upuntil the window is fully closed.

4. Continue holding the switch upfor approximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

The window is now reprogrammed.Repeat the process for the otherwindows.

Comfort Open

To open the windows remotely,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter until the windowsfully open.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearwindows from operating except fromthe driver position.

PressZ { to activate the safetylocks on the rear doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

The rear door power door locks arealso disabled. See Safety Locks onpage 2-14.

PressZ { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time thesafety lock is deactivated, that doorwill remain locked and the indicatorlight may flash. Release the handle,then press the safety lock twice todeactivate the safety locks.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. If equipped, detach the sunvisor from the center mount to pivotto the side window or to extendalong the rod.

Rear Window Sunshade

If equipped with a rear windowsunshade, the switch is on theoverhead console. The sunshadeonly operates with the ignition inON/RUN/START.

To open the sunshade, press andrelease the switch. The sunshadewill fully extend. To close thesunshade, press and release theswitch again. The sunshade will fullyclose.

If the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse) when the sunshade isextended, it will automatically close.

When the vehicle is shifted into D(Drive), the sunshade will notautomatically extend. Press andrelease the switch to extend thesunshade.

Rear Passenger Door Sunshades

If equipped, use the handle to pullthe sunshade up and attach to theholder at the top of the window.There is also a small shade for therear corner of the window.



To close the sunshade, use thehandle to unhook and hold it while itretracts down.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof will onlyoperate when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9-19.

The driver side switch (1) operatesthe sunroof.

Vent: Press and release the frontof the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.The sunshade will automaticallyopen approximately 38 cm (15 in).Press the rear of the switch (1) toclose the sunroof vent.

Express Open/Express Close:Press the front of the switch (1)again to express open the sunroof.Press the rear of the switch (1) toexpress close the sunroof. To stopthe sunroof partway, press theswitch (1) again.

The passenger side switch (2)operates the sunshade. Press thefront or rear of the switch (2) toexpress open or express close thesunshade. To stop the sunshadepartway, press the switch (2) asecond time.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof/sunshade when it is closing,the anti-pinch feature will detect theobject and stop the sunroof/sunshade from closing at the pointof the obstruction. The sunroof/



sunshade will then return to thefull-open position. To close thesunroof/sunshade, see “ExpressOpen/Express Close.”

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroof

operation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-3Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . 3-12

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-20Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-20Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-24When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-33

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-34Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Infants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-39Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-41Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-48

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-51


3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button located on the side of thehead restraint, push the headrestraint down, and release thebutton. Pull and push on the headrestraint after the button is releasedto make sure that it is locked inplace.

The head restraints can be adjustedforward or rearward. To adjust thehead restraint forward, grasp thehead restraint and pull it forward tothe desired locking position. Toadjust the head restraint rearward,press the button located on the side



of the head restraint and move thehead restraint rearward until thedesired locking position is reached.Try to move the head restraint afterthe button is released to make surethat it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot designed to be removed.

Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.



To adjust the seat:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If available, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment on page 3-4.

Some vehicles are equipped with aSafety Alert Seat. This featureactivates a vibrating pulse alert inthe driver seat to help the driveravoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems on page 9-45.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe lumbar support, press and holdthe control forward or rearward orup and down.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe seatback bolster support, pressand hold the recliner control upand down.



Thigh SupportAdjustment

If available, adjust the manual legcushion extension by pulling up onthe lever, and then pulling orpushing on the support to lengthenor shorten it. Release the lever tolock it in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.



Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats

The SET, "1," "2," andB (Exit)buttons on the driver door are usedto manually save and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped).

Storing Memory Positions

To save positions to the “1” and “2”buttons:

1. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped) to the desired drivingpositions.

2. Press and release SET, thenimmediately press and hold “1”until a beep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using “2.”

To save positions to theB (Exit)button and easy exit features:

1. Adjust the driver seat, power tiltand telescoping steering column(if equipped), and the outsidemirrors on some vehicles to thedesired positions for getting outof the vehicle.

2. Press and release SET, thenimmediately press and holdBuntil a beep sounds.



Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

If the vehicle is OFF or not inP (Park), press and hold "1," "2," orB to manually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing"1,” "2," orB before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If the vehicle is ON and in P (Park),press and release “1,” “2,” orB tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Placingthe ignition in OFF before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped) while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby pressing the appropriate memory

button. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions

The Auto (Automatic) MemoryRecall feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored“1” or “2” position when entering thevehicle.

Depending upon the Auto MemoryRecall feature enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu, memory “1”or “2” positions are recalled in thefollowing ways:

To activate the recall when On -Driver Door Open is selected in thevehicle personalization menu:

. Press K on the RKE transmitterand open the driver door.

. Press K on the RKE transmitterwhen the driver door isalready open.

. Press the lock/unlock button onthe outside driver door handleand open the driver door. TheRKE transmitter must be presentfor the recall to activate.

To activate the recall when On - AtIgnition On is selected in the vehiclepersonalization menu:. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/

START.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls; or press thepower tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn control (if equipped). If On -At Ignition On is selected in thevehicle personalization menu,placing the ignition in OFF alsostops the recall.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or the power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold the



appropriate manual control for thememory item that is not recalling fortwo seconds. Try recalling thememory position again by openingthe driver door and pressing K onthe RKE transmitter. If the memoryposition is still not recalling, seeyour dealer for service.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature automatically moves thedriver seat, power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped), and outside mirrors onsome vehicles to the memorypositions saved to theB (Exit)button. See “Storing MemoryPositions” listed previously. Seealso Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Easy Exit recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:. The vehicle is turned off and the

driver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling the exit position, the recallmay stop. Remove the obstruction;then press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exit featurenot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the exit position again.If the exit position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. When a heatedseat is turned on, the symbol turnsred. When a ventilated seat isturned on, the symbol turns blue.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Auto Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heated

or ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start on page 2-9and Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.



Rear Seats

Split fold seats are equipped with alocking latch.

Lock and unlock the seatback usingthe vehicle key in the cylinder.

The latch will not open when theseatback is locked.

Folding the Seatback

{ Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

If equipped, either side of theseatback can be folded for morecargo space. Fold a seatback onlywhen the vehicle is not moving.

To fold the seatback:

1. Disconnect the rear safety beltmini-latch using a key in the sloton the mini-buckle, and let thebelt retract.



2. Unlock the seatback using thevehicle key in the cylinder.

Pull the lever on top of theseatback toward you to releasethe seatback.

A red tab near the seatbacklever raises when the seatbackis released.

3. Fold the seatback forward.

Repeat Steps 2–3 to fold theother seatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up. Make surethe center safety belt and latchdo not get trapped behind theseat. Push the seatbackrearward to secure it in place.

A red tab near the seatbacklever retracts when the seatbackis in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is inposition.

3. Lock the seatback using thevehicle key in the cylinder.

4. Reconnect the center safety beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle. Donot let the belt twist.

5. Pull on the center safety belt tomake sure the mini-latch issecure.

6. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.



Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats onpage 3-8.

If equipped, the buttons are on therear of the center console.

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,press M or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion andseatback. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and thenthe off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

The vehicle has a rear seatpass-through door in the center ofthe rear seatback. Fold down thecenter armrest and pull the latch toopen the door.

The pass-through door can belocked or unlocked using the knobon the back of the door. Open thetrunk to access the lock. Turn theknob toward Q to lock the door or

away from Q to unlock the door.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areas

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allowpassengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5-17.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the



safety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren on page 3-35 or Infantsand Young Children on page 3-37.Follow those rules for everyone'sprotection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.



. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable safetybelt and the safety belt is notattached, see Rear Seats onpage 3-10 for instruction onreconnecting the safety belt to themini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.



If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender on page 3-20.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”

later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly onpage 3-14.

Press the release button and movethe height adjuster to the desiredposition. The adjuster can be movedup by pushing the slide/trim up.After the adjuster is set to the

desired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Automatic Safety BeltTightening System

If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9-37.

Each time the vehicle is started withthe front safety belts buckled, thesystem activates once to tighten thesafety belts when the forwardvehicle speed exceeds thethreshold for activation.

The system also activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving maneuvers and releaseswhen driving conditions return tonormal.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/



Electronic Stability Control onpage 9-30. If there is a problem withthe Automatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, a message displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC). SeeSafety Belt Messages on page 5-45.Other safety belt functions are notaffected by the Automatic SafetyBelt Tightening System.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met.

And, if the vehicle has side impactairbags and roof-rail airbags, safetybelt pretensioners can help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash orrollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safetybelt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash on page 3-21.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

This vehicle may have rear shoulderbelt comfort guides. If not, they areavailable through your dealer. Theguides may provide added safetybelt comfort for older children whohave outgrown booster seats andfor some adults. When installed andproperly adjusted, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

There is one guide for each outsidepassenger position in the rear seat.Here is how to install a comfortguide to the safety belt:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seat.



2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be under thebelt and the guide on top.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulder

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

4. Buckle, position, and release thesafety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.



To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety belt canbe removed from the guide. Storethe guide in its storage pocket onthe side of the seatback.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Never

use it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. See the instruction sheet thatcomes with the extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5-17.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care on page 3-21.



Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

crash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5-17.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver.. A frontal airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A knee airbag for the driver.. A knee airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the driver.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reduce

the risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? on page 3-25.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

vehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children onpage 3-35 or Infants and YoungChildren on page 3-37.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5-17 for moreinformation.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

The second row seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the sides ofthe rear seatback closest tothe door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System onpage 3-22. Airbags are designed toinflate if the impact exceeds thespecific airbag system's deploymentthreshold. Deployment thresholdsare used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for theairbags to inflate and help restrainthe occupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.



It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

The vehicle also has a seat positionsensor that enables the sensingsystem to monitor the position of thefront outboard passenger seat. Thepassenger seat position sensor andthe passenger safety belt buckleprovide information that is used todetermine if the passenger kneeairbag should inflate.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate in

rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? on page 3-24.



How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? onpage 3-25.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3-24.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There may

be some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.



The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps, turn on thehazard warning flashers, and shutoff the fuel system after the airbagsinflate. You can lock the doors, turnoff the interior lamps, and turn offthe hazard warning flashers byusing the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate

only once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy onpage 13-13 and Event DataRecorders on page 13-13.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.



United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF or thesymbol for on and off will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron and off will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5-18.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and knee

airbag, under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andknee airbag if:. The front outboard passenger

seat is unoccupied.. The system determines that an

infant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit to remind youthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5-18.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turn

off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5-17 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.



If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (RearSeat) on page 3-49 or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) on page 3-51.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is still lit,turn the vehicle off. Then slightlyrecline the vehicle seatback andadjust the seat cushion,if adjustable, to make sure thatthe vehicle seatback is notpushing the child restraint intothe seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If thishappens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraintson page 3-2.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild's size. It is better to securea child restraint in a rear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.



2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.Also, remove laptops, or otherelectronic devices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk of

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

serious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system

operates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3-33 for more informationabout modifications that can affecthow the system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:. The passenger sensing system

may turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while a



child restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone tooccupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5-17 forimportant safety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation on page 13-11.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbag

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

can still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, the airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, roof-rail airbagmodules, ceiling headliner or pillar



garnish trim, overhead console,front sensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passenger

sensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System onpage 3-28.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels on page 10-59 foradditional important information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Officeson page 13-3.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5-17.

{ Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3-24. See yourdealer for service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may not

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5-17.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide. See “RearSafety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3-15. If the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3-15.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lap

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

belt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle and neverallow children to play with thesafety belts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child's

weight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.



{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash, infantsneed complete support. In acrash, if an infant is in arear-facing child restraint, thecrash forces can be distributedacross the strongest part of aninfant's body, the back andshoulders. Infants should alwaysbe secured in rear-facing childrestraints.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

any bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3-42.



Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, no

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3-28 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturer



recommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.



The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.



The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

The top tether anchors are behindthe rear seat, on the filler panel.Open the covers to access theanchors. Be sure to use an anchoron the same side of the vehicle asthe seating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 3-41 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors or withthe safety belt, the child restraintwill not be able to protect the childcorrectly. In a crash, the childcould be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce therisk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, attach only onechild restraint per anchor.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

{ Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3-41.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower



attachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if equipped. Refer to thechild restraint instructions andthe following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Open the top tether anchorcover to expose the anchor.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.



If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the headrest or headrestraint and route thetether under the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and youare using a dual tether,raise the headrest or headrestraint and route thetether under the headrest or

head restraint and aroundthe headrest or headrestraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for proper installation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

working properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3-42 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3-42 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to secure thechild restraint in this position.

Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.Secure the child in the child restraintwhen and as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint on page 3-41.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle safety belt through oraround the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks. If the latchplate will not go fully into thebuckle, check if the correctbuckle is being used.


4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3-42 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3-41.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem on page 3-28 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5-18.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3-42 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured using a safety belt and ituses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3-42 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat rearward as farback as it will go and raise theseat upward as far up as it willgo, before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator onpage 5-18.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.



4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.


5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem on page 3-28.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-3

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system panel until the doorautomatically starts to open. Thestorage area may contain a USBport, SD card reader, and auxiliaryjack. See the infotainment manual.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system again until the doorautomatically starts to close.


4-2 Storage

Glove Box

To open, press the button. Close theglove box manually.

Cupholders

Cupholders in the front centerconsole have a power retractablecover. Push the handle forward toexpress open. Pull the handlerearward to express close.

The power cover will operate whenthe vehicle is in ACC, RUN,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)mode. The cover can be opened orclosed manually by pushing orpulling the handle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9-19.

Power Retractable CoverAnti-Pinch Feature

If any object is in the path of thepower cover when it is active, thecover will stop at the obstructionand auto-reverse to a presetposition. The cover will return tonormal operation after theobstruction is removed.

Armrest Storage

Pull the armrest down to access therear seat storage area andcupholders.


Storage 4-3

Press the latch to open thestorage area.

Center Console Storage

Press the button to access thestorage area in front of the armrestcover.

Press the button on the driver sideof the cover to access the storagearea under the armrest. There aretwo USB ports, an SD card reader,a power outlet, and an input jackinside.

If equipped, press the top of thedoor to open the storage area onthe rear of the center console.If equipped, there is a power outletinside.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

The cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads inside the trunk.


4-4 Storage

Convenience NetIf equipped, the convenience net isin the rear. Put small loads behindthe net. It can also be positionedinto an envelope style to holdsmaller items. The net is not forheavier loads. Store items as farforward as you can.


Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-3Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-17Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-17

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-19MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-24Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-25Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-25

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-27Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-27Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-28Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-29Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-29Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-33

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Brake System Messages . . . . 5-37Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-37Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-38Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-38Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-39Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-40Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-40Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-40Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-45


5-2 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . 5-45Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-45Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-47Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-47Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-47

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-48

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . 5-55Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.. Push the control up or down to

tilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.



To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats onpage 3-6.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel, IfEquipped): Press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT (Intermittent Wipes): Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.

If the windshield wipers are in usefor about six seconds while driving,the exterior lamps come onautomatically if the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO. See“Wiper-Activated Headlamps” laterin this section.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist): For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.



Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement on page 10-28.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload on page 10-31.

Wiper Parking

When using intermittent orRainsense™ wipes, the wiperspause briefly on the windshield.If the wiper lever is moved to OFFor if Rainsense and additional wipesare not required, the wipers maymove to the base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsensewipes, the wipers continue to rununtil they reach the base of thewindshield.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense, asensor near the top center of thewindshield detects the amount ofwater on the windshield andcontrols the frequency of thewindshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl): Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

This feature can be changed. See“Comfort and Convenience” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.



With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

nL (Windshield Washer): Pullthe windshield wiper lever towardyou to spray windshield washer fluidand activate the wipers. The wiperswill continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the windshieldwiper lever is released, additionalwipes may occur depending on howlong the windshield washer hadbeen activated. See Washer Fluidon page 10-22 for information onfilling the windshield washer fluidreservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Wiper-Activated Headlamps

This feature activates theheadlamps and parking lamps afterthe windshield wipers have been inuse for about six seconds. For thisfeature to work, the exterior lampcontrol must be in AUTO.

The wiper-activated headlampsimmediately turn off when theignition is turned to LOCK/OFF,or the windshield wiper control isturned off.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other information

from the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages on page 5-37 for themessages that may be displayed forthe compass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.



Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, press theSETTINGS screen button, thenpress Time and Date.

2. Press Set Time, then press + or− to increase or decrease hoursor minutes, and change AMor PM.

3. Press 12-24Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Press [ Back to go back to theprevious menu.

Date

To set the date:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Time and Date.

2. Press Set Date and press + or −to increase or decrease month,day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton, then press Timeand Date.

2. Press Set Time or Set Date.

3. Press Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock willdisplay on the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Time and Date.

2. Press Clock Display, then selectOff or On.


Power OutletsAccessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three 12-voltaccessory power outlets:. Inside the center console

storage in front of the armrestcover.

. Inside the armrest bin behind thecupholders.

. On the rear of the centerconsole, if equipped.



These outlets are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload a vehicle circuit breaker oradapter fuse. If overloaded, thecircuit breaker will reset after alldevices are disconnected or ifRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isturned off and then back on. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)on page 9-19. Wait one minute toallow the circuit breaker to resetbefore reconnecting devices orturning RAP back on. If the problemcontinues, the issue could be withinyour device. Try another knowngood device to make sure the circuitbreaker is operating properly. If thisdoes not resolve your problem, seeyour dealer.

It is possible to replace the factorypower outlet with a cigar lighterreceptacle, if desired. This requiresthe factory installed circuit breakerto be replaced with a standardminifuse by the dealer. A minifusewill not reset and will have to bereplace if blown.

{ Caution

Failure to replace the circuitbreaker with the minifuse couldoverheat the cigar lighter anddamage the vehicle.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment on page 9-70.

{ Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet isinside the center console. It can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 150watts.



An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN, equipment requiring lessthan 150 watts is plugged into theoutlet, and no system fault isdetected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF orif the equipment is not fully seatedinto the outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and the

indicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9-19. The power restarts whenequipment using 150 watts or less isplugged into the outlet and a systemfault is not detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly, if this equipment isplugged in:. Equipment with high initial peak

wattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supplysuch as:microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the engine is startedto indicate they are working.

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.



When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Follow this manual's advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costlyand even dangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Base Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



English Uplevel Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four uplevel instrumentcluster display configurations tochoose from: Simple, Performance,Balanced, or Enhanced.

Simple Configuration

The Simple configuration has oneinteractive display zone in thecenter.

Performance Configuration

The Performance configuration hastwo interactive display zones: one inthe center of the speedometer andone in the lower left of the clusterscreen.

Balanced Configuration

The Balanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones: onein the center of each of the gauges.

Enhanced Configuration

The Enhanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones.



Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. With the vehicle in P (Park), findthe Settings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Press SEL to enter theSettings menu.

3. Scroll down to highlight DisplayLayout. Then press SEL toselect it.

4. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlightthe selection. Press SEL toselect the desired clusterconfiguration.

5. Exit the Display Layout menu bypressing S.

Cluster Application Displays

The cluster can display informationregarding Navigation, Audio, andPhone. On the base cluster, aspeedometer can also be displayedin the center zone.

Navigation (If Equipped)

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press SEL to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music, select fromfavorites, or change the audiosource

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favorites,

or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Cluster Settings Menu

To enter the cluster settings menu:

1. Use the five-way control on theright side of the steering wheelto find the Settings page in oneof the interactive display zoneson the cluster.

2. Press SEL on the center of thefive-way control to enter theSettings menu.

Units: Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages: Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-30.



Display Layout: Press SEL whileDisplay Layout is highlighted tochange the configuration of theuplevel cluster. See “ReconfigurableInstrument Cluster” earlier in thissection.

Open Source Software: PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

This vehicle has a tamper-resistantodometer. If the vehicle needs anew cluster installed, the newodometer is set to the mileage ofthe old odometer. If this is notpossible, it is set at zero and a labelis put on the driver door to show theold mileage reading.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer can show how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-30.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

{ Caution

If the engine is operated with thetachometer in the shaded warningarea, the vehicle could bedamaged, and the damageswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not operatethe engine with the tachometer inthe shaded warning area.



Fuel Gauge

Base Level

Uplevel Balanced Configuration,Performance Similar

Uplevel Simple and EnhancedConfigurations

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.



Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:. At the service station, the fuel

pump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Base Level

English Base Level

Uplevel Balanced Configuration



This gauge measures thetemperature of the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the red area, the engineis too hot. Pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stays

on solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3-28.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.

This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltwarning light and chime may turn onif an object is put on the seat suchas a briefcase, handbag, grocerybag, laptop, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the warning lightand/or chime, remove the objectfrom the seat or buckle thesafety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnostic



module. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag Systemon page 3-22.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflate

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

without a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages onpage 5-45.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 3-28 forimportant safety information. Thepassenger airbag status indicator isin the overhead console.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.



If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5-17 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Charging System Light

On some vehicles the chargingsystem light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, but theengine is not running, as a check toshow the light is working. It shouldgo out when the engine is started.For vehicles with a reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the ignition is turned on.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays amessage.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages on page 5-37.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

MalfunctionIndicator LampA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors the operationof the vehicle to ensure emissionsare at acceptable levels, helping tomaintain a clean environment. Themalfunction indicator lamp comes



on when the vehicle is placed inService Only Mode, as a check toshow it is working. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. See Ignition Positions onpage 9-16.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on while the engine isrunning, this indicates that there isan OBD II problem and diagnosisand service might be required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system alsoassists the service technician incorrectly diagnosing anymalfunction.

{ Caution

If the vehicle is continually drivenwith this light on, the emissioncontrols might not work as well,the vehicle fuel economy mightnot be as good, and the enginemight not run as smoothly. Thiscould lead to costly repairs thatmight not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

{ Caution

Modifications made to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system of the vehicle orthe replacement of the originaltires with other than those of thesame Tire Performance Criteria(TPC) can affect the vehicle'semission controls and can causethis light to come on.Modifications to these systems

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

could lead to costly repairs notcovered by the vehicle warranty.This could also result in a failureto pass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10-2.

This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

To prevent more serious damage tothe vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.



. If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as it is possible.

If the light continues to flash, stopand park the vehicle. Turn thevehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds,and restart the engine. If the light isstill flashing, follow the previoussteps and see your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct anemission control systemmalfunction:. Make sure the capless funnel

adapter is removed, if fuel hasbeen added to the vehicle usingthe capless funnel adapter. See“Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can” under Filling the Tankon page 9-62. The diagnosticsystem can detect if the adapterhas been left installed in the

vehicle, allowing fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with theadapter removed should turn offthe light.

. Check that good quality fuel isused. Poor fuel quality causesthe engine not to run asefficiently as designed and maycause stalling after start-up,stalling when the vehicle ischanged into gear, misfiring,hesitation on acceleration,or stumbling on acceleration.These conditions might go awayonce the engine is warmed up.

If one or more of these conditionsoccurs, change the fuel brand used.It may require at least one full tankof the proper fuel to turn the light off.

See Fuel on page 9-60.

If none of the above have made thelight turn off, your dealer can checkthe vehicle. The dealer has theproper test equipment and

diagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

Depending on where you live, yourvehicle may be required toparticipate in an emission controlsystem inspection and maintenanceprogram. For the inspection, theemission system test equipment willlikely connect to the vehicle's DataLink Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. See your dealer if assistanceis needed.



The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on with the engine running, or ifthe vehicle is placed in ServiceOnly Mode and the malfunctionindicator lamp does not comeon. See your dealer forassistance in verifying properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp.

. The OBD II (On-BoardDiagnostics) system determinesthat critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed. Thevehicle would be considered notready for inspection. This canhappen if the 12-volt battery hasrecently been replaced or rundown. The diagnostic system isdesigned to evaluate criticalemission control systems duringnormal driving. This can takeseveral days of routine driving.If this has been done and thevehicle still does not pass theinspection for lack of OBD II

system readiness, your dealercan prepare the vehicle forinspection.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.



Parking Brake Light

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages on page 5-37.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the serviceelectric parking brake light shouldcome on briefly when the vehicle isin ON/RUN. If it does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem. Forvehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake on page 9-28. If a

message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), see BrakeSystem Messages on page 5-37.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

If the ABS light stays on, turn theignition off.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, the



vehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light onpage 5-22 and Brake SystemMessages on page 5-37.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

For some vehicles with the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system,this light briefly comes on amberwhile starting the vehicle. If it doesnot, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with theuplevel cluster, this light may notcome on when starting the vehicle.

This light comes on green when thesystem is on and ready to operate.When the system determines thatthe vehicle is leaving its lanewithout using the turn signal, thislight will change to amber and flash.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9-58.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

For vehicles with the ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) system, thislight displays green when a vehicleis detected ahead. This light islocated in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on vehicles with abase cluster.

This light will display amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-52.



Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may notcome on when the ignition isturned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak systemsand the warning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.



If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

On some vehicles this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicatorlight goes off. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when starting thevehicle.

{ Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating onpage 10-21.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating on page 10-21.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages onpage 5-46. Stop as soon aspossible, and inflate the tires to thepressure value shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeTire Pressure on page 10-48.



When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10-51.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

{ Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engineoil low can also damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Check the oil level as soon aspossible. Add oil if required, but ifthe oil level is within the operatingrange and the oil pressure is stilllow, have the vehicle serviced.Always follow the maintenanceschedule for changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.



Security Light

On some vehicles the immobilizerlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operationon page 2-18.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6-3.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6-1.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

This light comes on solid whenthere is a problem with the AFLsystem. It flashes when the systemis switching between lightingmodes. See Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) on page 6-5.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control on page 9-34.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-37.

Door Ajar Light

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving,check that all doors are properlyclosed. See Door Ajar Messages onpage 5-38 for more information.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in theleft and right interactive displayzones on the instrument cluster. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL (Select): Press to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The information displays on the DICcan be turned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in the centerdisplay zone on the cluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to move throughthe list of possible informationdisplays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select or deselectthat item. When an item isselected, a checkmark willappear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Speed: Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 and Trip 2 (Base Cluster) /Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average FuelEconomy (Uplevel Cluster):Shows the current distance traveled,in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.



The average fuel economy showsthe approximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.The Average Fuel Economy can bereset along with the trip odometerby pressing and holding SEL whilethis display is active.

Fuel Range: Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy (BaseCluster): Shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since the

last time this menu item was reset.The Average Fuel Economy can bereset by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy:Shows the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number reflects only the fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow and changes frequently asdriving conditions change.

Average Speed: Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer: This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer was

last reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Compass (Base Cluster): Showsthe direction the vehicle is driving.

Turn Arrow: Shows the nextmaneuver when using routeguidance.

Travel Time: Shows the estimatedtime duration remaining for thecurrent route.

Distance to Destination: Showsthe distance to the destination whenusing route guidance.

Speed Limit: Shows the currentspeed limit on vehicles with thenavigation system. The informationfor this page comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Speed Warning: Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press SEL when SpeedWarning is displayed. Pressy or



z to adjust the value. This featurecan be turned off by pressing andholding SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Cruise Set Speed: Shows thespeed the cruise control or AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) isset to.

Follow Distance Indicator/GapSetting: The current follow time tothe vehicle ahead is displayed as atime value on this page when ACCis not engaged. When ACC hasbeen engaged, the Follow DistanceIndicator page switches to the GapSetting page. This page shows thecurrent gap setting along with thevehicle ahead telltale.

Battery Voltage: Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Engine Boost: Shows the currentamount of boost being added.

Oil Life: Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages onpage 5-39. The oil should bechanged as soon as possible. SeeEngine Oil on page 10-10. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11-3.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for several

seconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life Systemon page 10-12.

Tire Pressure: Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System on page 10-50 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation onpage 10-51.

Vehicle Odometer (BaseCluster): Shows the odometer.

Blank Page: The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the DIC displayzone(s).



Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield. The image isprojected through the HUD lens ontop of the instrument panel. Theinformation appears as an imagefocused out toward the front of thevehicle.

{ Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages insome vehicles. The speedometerreading and other numerical valuescan be displayed in either English ormetric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48 and“Cluster Settings Menu” underInstrument Cluster on page 5-10.

HUD Display on the VehicleWindshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:. Speed. Tachometer. Audio. Phone. Navigation. Collision Alert. Cruise Control



. Lane Departure

. Low Fuel

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may becleared by using the steering wheelcontrols. See Vehicle Messages onpage 5-36.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

Use the following settings to adjustthe HUD.

$ (Image Adjustment): Pressdown or lift up to center the HUDimage. The HUD image can only beadjusted up and down, not sideto side.

! (Display View): Press toselect the display view. Each presswill change the display view.

D (Image Brightness): Lift upand hold to brighten the display.Press down and hold to dim thedisplay. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts may bedisplayed in any view.

Metric

English

Speed View: This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), speed limit, AdaptiveCruise Control speed, LaneDeparture Warning, and VehicleAhead indicator. Some information



only appears on vehicles that havethese features, and when they areactive.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View: This displaysthe speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radiostation, media type, and incomingcalls will be displayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearingin the instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing inthe instrument cluster, may alsodisplay in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View: This displayincludes the information in thespeed view along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in some

vehicles. The compass heading isdisplayed when navigation routing isnot active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Performance View: This displaysthe speedometer reading, rpmreading, transmission positions, andgear shift indicator.



Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:. Nothing is covering the

HUD lens.. HUD brightness setting is not

too dim or too bright.. HUD is adjusted to the proper

height.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needsreplacing, see WindshieldReplacement on page 10-29.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.



Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Batteryon page 10-25.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while inthis mode, including RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE), remote start,and the vehicle alarm system. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for serviceto turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message displays when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid on page 10-24.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays if the electricparking brake is on while the vehicleis in motion. Release it beforeattempting to drive. See ElectricParking Brake on page 9-28.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message displays when thereis a problem with the brake boostsystem. When this message

displays, the brake pedal may beharder to push and the stoppingdistance may be longer. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the parking brake.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message displays whenattempting to release the electricparking brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake on page 9-28.

Compass MessagesDashes may be displayed if thevehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).



Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9-37.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:. The radar is not clean. Keep the

radar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10-69.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control on page 9-34.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9-37.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)needs service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPENmessage may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.



TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the trunk is open.Close the trunk completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF ENGINECOOLANT HOT

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds when the engine coolanttemperature is too hot. The enginecoolant temperature warning lightwill also be on. Stop and allow thevehicle to idle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.The engine coolant temperaturewarning light will flash. Stop andturn off the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so to avoid severedamage. This message clears whenthe engine has cooled to a safeoperating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil Life System onpage 10-12, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-30, EngineOil on page 10-10, and MaintenanceSchedule on page 11-3.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and this



message remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil on page 10-10.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reduced

speed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-3.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-3.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the remote is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the remote for five minutes.Press the brake pedal to restart thevehicle.



NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARDLIGHTING) LAMPS NEEDSERVICE

This message displays when theAFL system is disabled and needsservice. See your dealer. SeeAdaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) onpage 6-5.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned on or off. SeeAutomatic Headlamp System onpage 6-4.

XXX TURN INDICATORFAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement onpage 10-29 and Replacement Bulbson page 10-31.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when drivingin certain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), and the ActiveEmergency Braking System may notwork or may not work as well. Thevehicle does not need service.

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been turned off. See ActiveEmergency Braking System onpage 9-54.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been set to the Alert setting.This setting disables most automatic



braking functions of the AutoCollision Preparation feature. Somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided with theAlert setting, but braking is lesslikely to occur. See ActiveEmergency Braking System onpage 9-54.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been unavailable for some time.The Active Emergency BrakingSystem does not need service.




This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Departure Warningsystem will not operate. AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), and the ActiveEmergency Braking System may notwork or may not work as well.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) systemwhen it is temporarily unavailable.The LDW system does not needservice.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARKASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parkingand backing features of the Driver



Assistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.




See Driver Assistance Systems onpage 9-45.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA),Active Emergency Braking System,Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking, and/or Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKEAND PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System. Do not use thissystem to help park or back thevehicle. See your dealer for service.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert



(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) features will not work. Takethe vehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care on page 10-69.

Ride Control SystemMessages

ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF

If the vehicle has theAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD) system, thismessage displays when there is atemporary condition making theAWD system unavailable. Thevehicle will run in 2WD. This couldbe caused by:. Loss of wheel or vehicle speed. AWD system overheat. Certain vehicle electrical

conditions

This message turns off when theabove conditions are no longerpresent and the warning message isreset.

See All-Wheel Drive on page 9-26.

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays if a problemoccurs with the All-Wheel-Drive(AWD) system. The vehicle will runin 2WD. This could be caused by:. An electronics problem. Worn out or overheated clutch

plates. Various electrical issues

The system may need service. Seeyour dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control on page 9-30.

SERVICE SUSPENSIONSYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the MagneRide™system. See Driver Mode Control onpage 9-31. Have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.



SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Controlon page 9-30.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message may display when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Controlon page 9-30.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message may display when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Controlon page 9-30.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Safety Belt Messages

AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem becomes unavailable. Thiscould be caused by a temporarycondition. If the message continuesto display, see your dealer.

SERVICE AUTOMATICSEATBELT TIGHTENINGSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays if there is aproblem with the power steeringsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the steering columnlock. Take the vehicle to your dealerfor service.



SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO STARTVEHICLE

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

TURN STEERING WHEELSTART VEHICLE AGAIN

This message may display whenyou try to start the vehicle, but thecolumn remains locked. Try turning

the steering wheel while starting thevehicle to unlock the steeringcolumn. If the vehicle still does notstart, turn the steering wheel theother way, and try starting thevehicle again.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10-51.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation onpage 10-51.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5-26.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding airuntil the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tireson page 10-40, Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-11, and Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.

You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-30.



Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingthe Driver Shift Control (DSC) andattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions perminute (rpm). See Manual Mode onpage 9-25.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with the

transmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SELECTED SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC) onpage 5-30.

VEHICLE SPEED LIMITED

This message is displayed undercertain conditions when there is aproblem and the vehicle’s speed isbeing limited.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. SeeWasher Fluid on page 10-22.



VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Press SETTINGS on the Homepage on the infotainment systemdisplay.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press the [ Back screen buttonto return to the previous menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:. Time and Date. Language [Language]. Valet Mode. Radio. Vehicle. Bluetooth. Voice. Display. Rear Camera. Return to Factory Settings. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock on page 5-5.

Language [Language]

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem, the infotainment controls,and screen storage location.

To turn Valet Mode on and off, entera four-digit code on the keypad.Press Enter to go to theconfirmation screen. Re-enter thefour-digit code. Press LOCK to lockthe system. Enter the four-digit codeto unlock the system. Press theBack screen button to go back tothe previous menu.

Radio

Press to display the Radio menuand the following may display:. Manage Favorites



. Number of Favorites Shown

. Auto Volume

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the vehicle speed.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality

Select and the following maydisplay:. Auto Fan Max Speed. Air Quality Sensor. Auto Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of airquality sensor operation at high orlow sensitivity.

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.



Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the followingmay display:. Alert Type. Auto Collision Preparation. Go Notifier. Side Blind Zone Alert. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding:. Forward Collision. Lane Departure Warning

. Adaptive Cruise Control

. Parking Assist

. Backing Warning

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert feature aswell as the Automatic Brakingcapability of the Auto CollisionPreparation feature. With the Alert &Brake setting, both ForwardCollision Alert as well as theAutomatic Braking capability of theAuto Collision Preparation featureare available. The Alert settingdisables most automatic brakingfunctions of the Auto CollisionPreparation feature. Somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided with theAlert setting, but it is much lesslikely to be triggered by most drivingconditions. Off disables all ForwardCollision Alert and AutomaticBraking capabilities of the Auto

Collision Preparation feature. SeeActive Emergency Braking Systemon page 9-54.

Select Off, Alert & Brake, or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminderfrom Adaptive Cruise Control whenit has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on. See AdaptiveCruise Control on page 9-37.

Select Off or On.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) on page 9-56.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing on page 9-46.

Select Off or On.



Comfort and Convenience

Select and the following maydisplay:. Auto Memory Recall. Easy Exit Options. Chime Volume. Reverse Tilt Mirror. Rain Sense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats on page 3-6.

Select Off, On - Driver Door Open,or On - At ignition On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously storedEXIT button position when exitingthe vehicle. See Memory Seats onpage 3-6.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Rain Sense Wipers


Select Off or On.

Lighting

Select and the following maydisplay:. Vehicle Locator Lights. Exit Lighting. Auto High Beam

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Auto High Beam


Select On or Off.

Power Door Locks

Select and the following maydisplay:. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout. Auto Door Lock



. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Lock

When this feature is turned on, thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off or On.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select and the following maydisplay:. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the ventilatedseats when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.



Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2-3.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth

Select and the following maydisplay:. Pair New Device. Device Management. Ringtones. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.The voice mail number may bechanged by selecting EDIT orpressing the EDIT button and typingin a new number, then select SAVEor press the SAVE button.

Voice

Select and the following maydisplay:. Confidence Threshold. Prompt Length. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.



Display

Select and the following maydisplay:. Mode. Proximity Sensing. Calibrate Touchscreen. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera

Select and the following maydisplay:. Guidance Lines. Rear Cross Traffic Alert. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking on page 9-46.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert


Rear Park Assist Symbols


Return to Factory Settings

Select and the following maydisplay:. Restore Vehicle Settings. Clear All Private Data. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.



Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, and

home automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons with theindicator light in view. The



hand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one of thethree Universal Remote systembuttons to be used to operatethe garage door. Do not releaseeither button until the indicatorlight changes from a slow to arapid flash. Then release bothbuttons.

Some garage door openers mayrequire substitution of Step 2with the procedure under in“Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators” later inthis section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicator lightand garage door activation.. If the indicator light stays on

continuously or the garagedoor moves when the

button is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3 ,locate the Learn or Smart buttoninside the garage on the garagedoor opener receiver. The nameand color of the button may varyby manufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote system buttonfor two seconds and thenrelease it. If the garage doordoes not move or the lamp onthe garage door opener receiver



does not flash, press and holdthe same button a second timefor two seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does not moveor the garage door lamp doesnot flash, press and hold thesame button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be long

enough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This should takeabout 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.



Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”


Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-9Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O (Off): Turns off the exteriorlamps. The knob returns to theAUTO position after it is released.Turn to O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).


6-2 Lighting

AUTO (Automatic): Automaticallyturns the exterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps): Turns on theparking lamps including all lamps,except the headlamps.

2 (Headlamps): Turns on theheadlamps together with the parkinglamps and instrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,with the turn signal lever in theneutral position, turn the exteriorlamp control to AUTO. The bluehigh-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the highbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield, whichautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:. The system detects an

approaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The turn signal lever is movedforward to the high-beamposition or the Flash-to-Passfeature is used. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer onpage 6-3 and Flash-to-Pass onpage 6-4.


Lighting 6-3

. The IntelliBeam system can bedisabled by the High/Low-BeamChanger or the Flash-to-Passfeature. If this happens, theHigh/Low-Beam Changer mustbe activated two times withinfive seconds to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect other vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:. The other vehicle's lamp(s) are

missing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamp(s) arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamp(s)cannot be detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. Your vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. Your vehicle's windshield iscovered with ice, dirt, haze,or other obstructions.

. Your vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. You are driving on winding orhilly roads.

You may need to manually disableor cancel the high-beam headlampsby turning the low-beam headlampson, if any of the above conditionsexist.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer23 (Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger): Push the turn signallever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on. To return tolow beams, push the lever again orpull it toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.


6-4 Lighting

Flash-to-PassThis feature allows the high-beamheadlamps to be used to signal thedriver in front of you that you wantto pass.

Pull and hold the turn signal levertoward you to use this feature.When this is done the following willoccur:. If the headlamps are off or in

low-beam mode, the high-beamheadlamps will turn on. They willstay on as long as the lever isheld there. Release the lever toturn them off.

. If the headlamps are inhigh-beam mode, they will go tolow beam.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The dedicated DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:. The ignition is on.. The exterior lamp control is

in AUTO.. The light sensor determines it is

daytime.. The parking brake is released or

the vehicle is not in P (Park).

The taillamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There may be a light sensor on topof the instrument panel or on thewindshield near the rearview mirror,if equipped. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).


Lighting 6-5

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL)On vehicles with the AFL system,the headlamps pivot horizontally toprovide greater road illuminationwhile turning. To enable AFL, setthe exterior lamp control on the turnsignal lever to the AUTO position.Moving the control out of the AUTO

position will deactivate the system.AFL will operate when the vehiclespeed is greater than 3 km/h(2 mph). AFL will not operate whenthe transmission is in R (Reverse).AFL is not immediately operableafter starting the vehicle; driving ashort distance is required tocalibrate the AFL. See ExteriorLamp Controls on page 6-1.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers):Press and hold this button for onesecond on the center stack to makethe front and rear turn signal lampsflash on and off. Press again to turnthe flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.


6-6 Lighting

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers on page 10-32.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelIllumination): Move thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrument

panel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displayswill automatically be adjusted.

Dome LampsThe dome lamp is in the overheadconsole.

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

OFF: Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR: The lamp comes on whena door is opened.


Lighting 6-7

ON: Turns the lamp on.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the button next to each rearpassenger reading lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control on page 6-6.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, dome lamps, and mostof the interior lights turn on briefly atnight when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Ignition Positionson page 9-16. After about30 seconds the exterior lamps turnoff, then the dome and remaininginterior lamps dim to off. Entrylighting can be disabled manually bychanging the ignition out of the OFFposition, or by pressing Q on theRKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Exit LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, parkinglamps, and license plate lampscome on at night, or in areas withlimited lighting, when the key is


6-8 Lighting

removed from the ignition. Thedome lamps also come on when thekey is removed from the ignition.The exterior lamps and dome lampsremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps and dome lampsautomatically turn on when thedriver door is opened after theignition is turned off. See IgnitionPositions on page 9-16.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM), whichestimates the battery's temperature

and state of charge. It then adjuststhe voltage for best performanceand extended life of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all thepower that is needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, foglamps, rear window defogger,

climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed. If a battery messageis displayed, it is recommended thatthe driver reduce the electrical loadsas much as possible. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-30.


Lighting 6-9

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES


Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


7-2 Infotainment System

2 NOTES


Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)


6. Defrost

7. Rear Window Defogger


8-2 Climate Controls

8. Recirculation

Climate Touch Screen Controls



3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures and SYNC settingscan be controlled by pressingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.



When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on. Press@ toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Settings Menu”under Instrument Cluster onpage 5-10.

OFF (Fan): Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.

w /x (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls): Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby pressing the controls on thetouch screen.

SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature): Press SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.

When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Rear (If Equipped): Press thisbutton on the front climate controltouch screen to open the rearclimate control screen. The rearclimate control settings can now beadjusted from the frontpassenger area.

Manual Operation

z9y (Fan Control): Press thefan control buttons or the touchscreen fan control, to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Press andhold the buttons or the touch screencontrol to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.



Air Delivery Mode Control: Whenthe climate information is displayed,press the desired air delivery modeon the touch screen to change thedirection of the airflow. The selectedair delivery mode button is lit.Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Defog): Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost): Clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield. Press the0 button toturn on or off. Changing the airdelivery mode also turns thedefrost off.

# (Air Conditioning): Press theAC Mode touch screen control toturn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off, theair conditioner will not run. Outsidetemperatures below freezing mayalso prevent the air conditioner fromrunning.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation:When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

The climate control system mayhave a sensor to detect air pollution.When using automatic airrecirculation, the air quality controlsystem may operate. To adjust thesensitivity of the air quality sensor,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

@ (Recirculation): Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling inoutside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or preventoutside air and odors from entering.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.



Auto Defog: The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger):Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defogger turns offautomatically after about10 minutes. If turned on again, itruns for about five minutes beforeturning off.

The upper region of gridlines on therear window are antenna lines andare not intended to heat when thedefogger is activated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

{ Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped):Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Seats on page 1-8.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation: If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. Thesystem uses the driver’s previoussettings to heat or cool the inside ofthe vehicle. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.If equipped with heated or ventilatedseats, they may come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart on page 2-9 and Heated andVentilated Seats on page 1-8.



Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air Quality Sensor

If equipped with an air qualitysensor, the climate control systemadjusts to limit some exhaust fumesfrom being pulled inside the vehicle.

Press the AUTO button on theclimate control to activate the airquality sensor. The recirculationindicator light comes on when poorquality air is detected. The airquality sensor will not maintainrecirculation for an extended periodto prevent the air inside the vehiclefrom becoming too dry or stuffy.

Under certain conditions, the airquality sensor will not activate, suchas during cold weather or withextreme odors. Press@ toactivate recirculation.

The air quality sensor system doesnot protect against carbon monoxide(CO), which you cannot see orsmell. See Engine Exhaust onpage 9-22.

Rear Climate ControlSystemIf equipped with a rear climatecontrol system, the settings can beadjusted with the rear climatecontrol buttons and the touchscreen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)


3. MODE (Air Delivery ModeControl)

4. O (On/Off)



5. Temperature Control

Rear Climate Touch ScreenControls


2. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

3. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

4. REAR O (On/Off)

5. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

6. Front (Front Climate ControlTouch Screen)

7. Rear Control Lockout


Rear: Press this button on the frontclimate control touch screen to openthe rear climate control screen. Therear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O (On/Off): Press the O button orREAR O on the touch screen to turnthe rear climate control on or off.If the rear climate control is turnedoff using REAR O on the touch

screen, the O button on the rearclimate control faceplate must bepressed twice to turn the systemback on.

SYNC: Press SYNC on the touchscreen to match the rear climatecontrol temperature to the frontclimate control driver temperature.The SYNC button will be lit. Pressthe TEMP, MODE, or AUTO buttontwice to unlink the set driver andrear temperatures. The SYNCbutton turns off.

Rear Control Lockout: Press tolock or unlock control of the rearclimate control system from the rearseat passengers. When locked, therear climate control can only beadjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

Rear AUTO: Press to turn on or off.The air delivery is controlledautomatically. The AUTO indicatorappears on the display. If any of theclimate control settings are manuallyadjusted, this cancels full automaticoperation.

Manual Operation

SA T (Fan Control): Press orpress and hold the front climatecontrol buttons or touch screen toincrease or decrease the rearclimate airflow.

+/− (Temperature Control): Pressor press and hold the reartemperature control buttons or touchscreen to adjust the rear passengertemperature. Press + for warmer airand press − for cooler air.



Y /\ /Y (Air Delivery ModeControl): Press the desired modebutton on the touch screen or theMODE button on the rear faceplateto change the direction of the airflowin the rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, IfEquipped): Press M or L to heatthe left or right outboard seatcushion and seatback. See HeatedRear Seats on page 3-12.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

1. Thumbwheel

2. Slider Knob

Use the thumbwheels (1) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow.

Move the slider knobs (2) to changethe direction of the airflow.

Additional air vents are beneath thewindshield and the driver andpassenger side door windows.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.



. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11-3.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.



2 NOTES


Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-10Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-15Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 9-19Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . 9-23Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . 9-28Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . 9-31Competitive Driving Mode(LF3 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33

Limited-Slip Differential(LF3 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-37

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver AssistanceSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-46

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52

Active Emergency BrakingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58


9-2 Driving and Operating

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-62California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-62Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65

Trailer Towing (With LFXEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68

Trailer Towing (With LTG orLF3 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69

Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

See the infotainment manual forinformation on that system or thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a cellphone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts onpage 3-13.. Assume that other road users

(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:. Keep enough distance between

you and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.



If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Variable Effort Steering

Some vehicles have a steeringsystem that varies the amount ofeffort required to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremaneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

If the vehicle seems harder to steerthan normal when parking or drivingslowly, there may be a problem withthe system. You will still have powersteering, but steering will be stifferthan normal at slow speeds. Seeyour dealer for service.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Vehicle Messageson page 5-36.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.. Reduce speed before entering a

curve.. Maintain a reasonable steady

speed through the curve.. Wait until the vehicle is out of

the curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.



. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:. Braking Skid — wheels are not

rolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:. Ease your foot off the

accelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or other



material on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive DrivingTrack events and competitivedriving may affect the vehiclewarranty. See the warranty manualbefore using the vehicle forcompetitive driving.

{ Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often and atthe proper level. See Engine Oilon page 10-10.

Because the fluid temperatures maybe higher, it is necessary to changethe rear axle fluid after a first timetrack or competitive driving event.After a first time event, the rear axlefluid should be changed every24 hours of racing or competitivedriving. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-13.

{ Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high rear axletemperatures can occur. Damagecould be caused to the rear axleand would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Do not drive as long or as fast thefirst time the vehicle is driven onthe track or raced.

The 2.0L (LTG) and 3.6L (LFX) arenot available with a track packageoption and not recommended fortrack use.

The twin turbo 3.6L engine (LF3)requires premium fuel, and comesstandard with a 7 qt sump,integrated oil cooler, and otherpowertrain and powertrain coolingcomponents in preparation fortrack use.

For track events and competitivedriving, it is recommended that thebrake fluid be replaced with a high



performance brake fluid that has adry boiling point greater than 279°C(534°F). After conversion to the highperformance brake fluid, follow thebrake fluid servicerecommendations outlined by thefluid manufacturer. Do not usesilicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.

{ Caution

Removing the splash shield candegrade wet brakingperformance, as well as introducebrake pedal pulsation, due tobrake disc exposure to roaddebris. Only remove the frontbrake disc splash shield and fronttire deflector when driving in trackevents.

Brake cooling can be improved ifthe front brake disc splash shieldand front tire deflector are removed.Removing the shield will require thatthe suspension bushings visible tothe brake disc be protected withinsulated thermal wrapping.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep‐standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If this

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

happens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.



. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires onpage 10-40.

. Turn off cruise control.

Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attention toyour surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, find asafe place to park the vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.. Keep the interior

temperature cool.. Keep your eyes moving — scan

the road ahead and to the sides.. Check the rearview mirror and

vehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips fordriving in these conditions include:. Keep the vehicle serviced and in

good shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes,

tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay in yourown lane.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.



Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Drive carefully when there is snowor ice between the tires and theroad, creating less traction or grip.Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°F) when freezing rain begins to fall,resulting in even less traction. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated with saltor sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops on slippery roads, butapply the brakes sooner than whenon dry pavement.

Allow greater following distance onany slippery road and watch forslippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads inshaded areas. The surface of acurve or an overpass can remain icywhen the surrounding roads areclear. Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

See Antilock Brake System (ABS)on page 9-27.

See Driver Mode Control onpage 9-31

Turn off cruise control on slipperysurfaces.

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use Roadside Service.See Roadside Service onpage 13-5. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Clear away snow from aroundthe base of your vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

. Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the side of thevehicle that is away from thewind to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air inside thevehicle and set the fan speedto the highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9-22.

To save fuel, run the engine for onlyshort periods as needed to warmthe vehicle and then shut the engineoff and close the window most ofthe way to save heat. Repeat thisuntil help arrives but only when youfeel really uncomfortable from thecold. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, now and then when you runthe engine, push the acceleratorpedal slightly so the engine runsfaster than the idle speed. Thiskeeps the battery charged to restartthe vehicle and to signal for helpwith the headlamps. Do this as littleas possible to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use the

rocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Controlon page 9-30.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the accelerator



pedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10-66.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle showhow much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

1. Number of Occupant SeatingPositions

2. Maximum Vehicle CapacityWeight

3. Size of the OriginalEquipment Tires

4. Recommended Cold TireInflation Pressure

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's center



pillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires on page 10-40 andTire Pressure on page 10-48.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It tells you the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the "XXX"amount equals 1400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo

and luggage load capacity is650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)= 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from your trailerwill be transferred to yourvehicle. Consult this manualto determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing (With LFXEngine) on page 9-68 or TrailerTowing (With LTG or LF3Engine) on page 9-69 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules, andtrailering tips.



Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight and



seating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labeltells the gross weight capacity ofthe vehicle, called the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,

fuel, and cargo. Never exceedthe GVWR for the vehicle, or theGross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for either the front orrear axle.

And, if there is a heavy load, itshould be spread out. See“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit” earlier in thissection.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

If you put things inside thevehicle— like suitcases, tools,packages, or anythingelse— they will go as fast as thevehicle goes. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is acrash, they will keep going.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first2 414 km (1,500 mi) of driving thisvehicle. Parts have a break-inperiod and performance will bebetter in the long run.

For the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi):. Avoid full throttle starts and

abrupt stops.. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm.. Avoid driving at any one

constant speed, fast or slow.. Avoid downshifting to brake or

slow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine in highgear at low speeds.

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities during thisbreak-in period.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal during thefirst 2 414 km (1,500 mi).

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering for the first322 km (200 mi). New tires donot have maximum traction andmay tend to slip.

. New brake linings also need abreak–in period. Avoid makinghard stops during the first322 km (200 mi). This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.



Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference

to the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-3.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN, and the brake pedal mustbe applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights): When thevehicle is stopped, press theENGINE START/STOP button onceto turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 9-19.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See TransmissionMessages on page 5-47. When thevehicle is shifted into P (Park), theignition system will switch to OFF.

The vehicle may have an electricsteering column lock. The lock isactivated when the vehicle isswitched to OFF and the driver dooris opened. A sound may be heardas the lock actuates or releases.The steering column lock may notrelease with the wheels turned offcenter. If this happens, the vehiclemay not start. Move the steeringwheel from left to right whileattempting to start the vehicle. If thisdoes not work, the vehicle needsservice.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.



2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the ignitionto OFF. On vehicles with anautomatic transmission, the shiftlever must be in P (Park) to turnthe ignition switch to the OFFposition.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake onpage 9-28.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice infive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light): This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight): This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.

See Starting the Engine onpage 9-17. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart theengine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.



{ Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

{ Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipmenton page 9-70.

Starting Procedure

1. If equipped with the KeylessAccess system, the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmittermust be in the vehicle. Put yourfoot on the brake pedal andpress the ENGINE START/STOP button. When the enginebegins cranking, let go of thebutton.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it. Operate theengine and transmission gentlyto allow the oil to warm up andlubricate all moving parts.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle or something isinterfering with the transmitter,the Driver Information Center(DIC) will display a message.See Key and Lock Messages onpage 5-40.

If the battery in the RKEtransmitter needs replacing, theDIC will display a message. The

vehicle can still be driven. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-3.

The vehicle has aComputer-Controlled CrankingSystem. This feature assists instarting the engine and protectscomponents. If the ENGINESTART/STOP button is pressed,and then released when theengine begins cranking, theengine will continue cranking fora few seconds or until thevehicle starts. If the engine doesnot start and the button ispressed for many seconds,cranking will be stopped after15 seconds to prevent crankingmotor damage. To prevent geardamage, this system alsoprevents cranking if the engineis already running. Enginecranking can be stopped bypressing the ENGINE START/STOP button a second time.



{ Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not start afterfive to 10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below −18°Cor 0°F), it could be flooded withtoo much gasoline. Try pushingthe accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and holding it thereas you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button. Wait atleast 15 seconds between eachtry, to allow the cranking motorto cool down. When the enginestarts, release the accelerator.If the vehicle starts briefly butthen stops again, do the same

thing. This clears the extragasoline from the engine. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it. Operate theengine and transmission gentlyuntil the oil warms up andlubricates all moving parts.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:. Audio System. Power Windows. Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the audio system will workup to 10 minutes or until the driverdoor is opened. Power to thewindows or sunroof will work up to10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Engine Coolant HeaterVehicles with the engine coolantheater can use this option in coldweather conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) for easier starting and betterfuel economy during enginewarm-up. Plug in the coolant heaterat least four hours before startingyour vehicle. An internal thermostatin the plug-end of the cord may existwhich will prevent engine coolantheater operation at temperaturesabove −18°C (0°F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord isclipped to the diagonal brace onthe passenger side of the enginecompartment.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.



{ Warning

Plugging the cord into anungrounded outlet could cause anelectrical shock. Also, the wrongkind of extension cord couldoverheat and cause a fire. Youcould be seriously injured. Plugthe cord into a properly groundedthree-prong 110-volt AC outlet.If the cord will not reach, use aheavy-duty three-prong extensioncord rated for at least 15 amps.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engine parts.If you do not, it could bedamaged.

Contact your dealer for informationon how long to use the heater inyour particular area.

Shifting Into ParkUse this procedure to shift intoP (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-28.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by holding in the button on theshift lever and pushing the leverall the way toward the front ofthe vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter with you.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9-20. If you are towing atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9-65.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parking brakeset. After shifting into P (Park), try tomove the shift lever out without firstpushing the button on the shift lever.



If you can, the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see "Shifting Into Park"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift lever

out of P (Park), unless the ignition isin ON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting onpage 10-64 for more information.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake onpage 9-28.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever.

If unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the shift lever will not move fromP (Park), consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park on page 9-20and Engine Exhaust on page 9-22.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9-65.



AutomaticTransmission

The vehicle may be equipped with a6-speed automatic transmission,or an 8-speed automatictransmission.

If the vehicles has engine RPO:. LTG, it is equipped with a

6-speed automatic transmissionwith either All-Wheel Drive(AWD) or Rear-WheelDrive (RWD).

. LFX and AWD, it is equippedwith a 6-speed automatictransmission. With LFX andRWD, it is equipped with an8-speed automatic transmission.

. LF3, it is equipped with an8-speed automatic transmission.

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P (Park): This position locks therear wheels. Use this position whenstarting the engine because thevehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or others

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9-20. If you are pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9-65.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. Fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition is inON/RUN. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever and push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) as you maintainbrake application. Then press theshift lever button and move the shiftlever into another gear. See Shiftingout of Park on page 9-21.



{ Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging yourtransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck on page 9-10.

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect with thewheels. To restart when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. You can also use N (Neutral)when the vehicle is being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

{ Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If you need morepower for passing, and you are:. Going less than 55 km/h

(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control on page 9-5.

M (Manual Mode): This mode canbe entered with the shift lever in theD (Drive) position by pressing theM (Manual Mode) button on the topof the shift lever. M (Manual Mode)allows the driver to select gearsappropriate for current drivingconditions. M (Manual Mode) Can



be exited with a second press of theM (Manual Mode) button. SeeManual Mode on page 9-25.

{ Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If you arestuck, do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakesto hold the vehicle in place.

While in Sport Mode, the vehiclemonitors driving behavior, andautomatically enables PerformanceShift Features when spirited drivingis detected. These features maintainlower transmission gears toincrease available engine brakingand improve acceleration response.The vehicle will exit these featuresand return to normal operation after

a short period when no spiriteddriving is detected. See Driver ModeControl on page 9-31.

Manual Mode

Tap Shift

{ Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage thevehicle. Always upshift whennecessary while using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift havecontrols on the back of the steeringwheel to manually shift theautomatic transmission.

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the shift lever in D (Drive),press the M (Manual Mode)button on the top of the shiftlever. While in Tap Shift Mode,the M of the PRNDM section ofthe instrument cluster willbecome highlighted, and thecurrent gear is indicated.

2. Tap the left control to downshift,and the right control to upshift.

3. To exit, press the M (ManualMode) button a second time.



With the shift lever in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Tap Shift Mode,the tap shift controls will activate atemporary tap manual shift mode,allowing the transmission to bemanually shifted. Automatic shiftsreturn after no manual shifts havebeen done for seven to 10 seconds.The Temporary Tap Shift Mode canalso be deactivated by holding theright upshift control briefly.

While using Tap Shift, the vehiclewill have firmer, quicker shifting. Youcan use this for sport driving orwhen climbing or descending hills,to stay in gear longer, or todownshift for more power or enginebraking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, a SHIFT DENIED messagewill be displayed in the instrumentcluster. See TransmissionMessages on page 5-47.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,it is suggested to shift into secondgear. A higher gear allows thevehicle to gain more traction onslippery surfaces.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Lighton page 5-23.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehicle

suddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.



Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch for theEPB is on the instrument panel, tothe left of the steering wheel. TheEPB can always be activated, evenif the ignition is off. To preventdraining the battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB system when theengine is not running.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ParkingBrake Light on page 5-23 and

Service Electric Parking Brake Lighton page 5-23. There are alsoparking brake-related DriverInformation Center (DIC) messages.See Brake System Messages onpage 5-37. In case of insufficientelectrical power, the EPB cannot beapplied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release the

EPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See Parking BrakeLight on page 5-23.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.



If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

{ Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9-65.

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist the driverin stopping or decreasing vehicle

speed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. Thebrake assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system brakes thespinning wheel(s) and/or reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure at any oneof the vehicle's brakes to help steerthe vehicle in the intended direction.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but It may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck onpage 9-10 and “Turning theSystems Off and On” later in thissection.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:. Flash when TCS is limiting

wheel spin.. Flash when StabiliTrak is

activated.. Turn on and stay on when either

system is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.



If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.


Drive the vehicle. if d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

{ Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displays in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-44.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whentheY button is pressed, thesystem will not turn off until thewheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold theY button until

the traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g come onand stay on in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-44.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release theYbutton. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle's performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10-2.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist indifferent weather conditions orterrain. This system simultaneously



changes the software calibration ofvarious sub-systems. Depending onthe option package, availablefeatures, and mode selected, thesuspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrationsto achieve the desired modecharacteristics. If the vehicle isequipped with MagneRide™,selecting the various Driver Modesadjusts the ride of the vehicle toenhance the ride performance forthe road conditions and theselected mode.

While in the Sport and/or TrackModes, the vehicle monitors drivingbehavior and automatically enablesPerformance Shift Features whenspirited driving is detected. Thesefeatures maintain lowertransmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking andimprove acceleration response. Thevehicle will exit these features andreturn to normal operation after ashort period when no spirited drivingis detected.

Driver Mode Control Switch

The Driver Mode Control has threeor four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice, and Track. The Track Mode isfor LF3 models only. Press« orzon the MODE switch on the centerconsole to make a mode selection.The first press of the switch willshow the current mode. Subsequentpresses will scroll though theavailable modes. The Tour andSport Modes will feel similar on asmooth road. Select a new settingwhenever driving conditions change.

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth,soft ride.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

When in Sport Mode, the vehicle willshift automatically but hold a lowergear longer than it would in thenormal driving mode based onbraking, throttle input, and vehiclelateral acceleration. See AutomaticTransmission on page 9-23. Thesteering will change to provide moreprecise control. If the vehicle hasMagneRide, the suspension willchange to provide better corneringperformance. Competitive DrivingMode can be accessed throughthis mode.



Snow/Ice Mode

Use when more traction is neededduring slippery conditions. Thetransmission will use 2 (Second)gear instead of 1 (First) gear whenaccelerating from a stop. Thevehicle will upshift normally whenthe vehicle is moving. TheLF3 models will use a differentaccelerator pedal map instead ofusing 2 (Second) gear from stop.The accelerator pedal will reduceengine torque at small pedal inputs.The transmission will also shiftdifferently to assist in maintainingtraction.

When selected, the Snow/Ice Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck on page 9-10.

Track Mode (LF3 Only)

Use when maximum vehiclehandling is desired.

When selected, the Track Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

When in Track Mode, the automatictransmission and steering willfunction similar to Sport Mode. Theaccelerator pedal is adjusted to givemaximum control during the highestlevel of spirited driving. TheMagneRide will be set to theoptimum level for vehicleresponsiveness. Competitive DrivingMode can be accessed throughthis mode.

Competitive Driving Mode(LF3 Only)To select this optional handlingmode, press theY button quicklytwo times and the DIC will displaythe appropriate message. While inthe Competitive Driving Mode, thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g will come on in theinstrument cluster. TCS does notlimit wheel spin, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (ELSD)

allows increased vehicle agility, andmore effort is required to turn thesteering wheel. See “Limited–SlipDifferential (LF3 Only)” following.Adjust your driving accordingly.

Press theY button again, or turnthe ignition to ACC/ACCESSORYand restart the vehicle, to turn TCSback on. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g will go out inthe instrument cluster.

{ Caution

When traction control is turnedoff, or Competitive Driving Modeis active, it is possible to losetraction.



Limited-Slip Differential(LF3 Only)If equipped, the Electronic LimitedSlip Differential (ELSD) isautomatically activated. ELSDactively monitors vehicle sensorsand driver inputs to determine theamount of change for theconditions. With ELSD, thevehicle has:. Enhanced high-speed control.. Improved traction through

corners, allowing moreacceleration.

. More precise steering.

. Increased vehicle agility.

. Integration with StabiliTrak.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not use thecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.

If the StabiliTrak® system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl on page 9-30. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System on page 9-52.When road conditions allow thecruise control to be safely used, youcan apply the cruise control again.



J (On/Off): Press to turn thecruise control on and off. A whitecruise control indicator appears inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate):Press the control up briefly to +RESto make the vehicle resume to apreviously set speed or press andhold to accelerate. If cruise controlis already active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press +RES up tothe first detent. To increase speed tothe next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press +RES up to thesecond detent.

SET− (Set/Coast): Press thecontrol down briefly to SET− to setthe speed and activate cruisecontrol. If cruise control is alreadyactive, use to decrease vehiclespeed. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down tothe first detent. To decrease speed

to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− downto the second detent.

* (Cancel): Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control button off when cruiseis not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET−control on the steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, the cruisecontrol indicator appears green onthe instrument cluster and a cruiseset speed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press +RES up to the first detentbriefly on the steering wheel. Thevehicle returns to the previous setspeed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Press and hold +RES up until

the desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES up to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.



. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly press+RES up to the second detent.For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster onpage 5-10. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Press and hold SET− down until

the desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− down to the first detent.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− down to the seconddetent. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, briefly

applying the SET– switch will resultin cruise control set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, the cruise control systemmay automatically brake to slow thevehicle down. Also, you may haveto brake or shift to a lower gear tokeep the vehicle speed down. If thebrake is applied, the cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are three ways to end cruisecontrol:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.



Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement onpage 13-15.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.

If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system activates, the ACCmay automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl on page 9-30. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orelectronic stability control system isdisabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

you should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving on page 9-3.

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control will notdetect or brake for children,pedestrians, animals, or otherobjects.

Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.Adaptive Cruise Controlperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.

] (On/Off): Press to turn thesystem on or off. A white cruisecontrol indicator comes on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate):Press the control up briefly toresume the previous set speed or toincrease vehicle speed if ACC isalready activated. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET– (Set/Coast): Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down tothe first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− downto the second detent.

* (Cancel): Press to disengageACC without erasing the set speedfrom memory.

3 (Follow Distance Gap): Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC of Far,Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise control is on when notin use, the cruise on/off controlcould get pressed and cruise controlcould become active when notdesired. Keep cruise control buttonoff when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. Press].

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET–control on the steering wheel.



4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD) (if equipped). Whenthe ACC is active, the indicatorturns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press+RES up briefly on the steeringwheel. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:. Use the accelerator to get to the

higher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center

(DIC) and the Head-Up Display(HUD) (if equipped). See CruiseControl Messages on page 5-38.

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press +RESup to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press +RESup to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.




Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:. Use the brake to get to the

desired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−down to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET−down to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press3 on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster and HUD,if equipped. Subsequent pressescycle the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System onpage 9-52.



Alerting the Driver

Without Head-Up Display

With Head-Up Display

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, a seriesof red lights or the collision alertsymbol on the HUD, if equipped, willflash on the windshield. Either eightbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse five times. See

“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

See Defensive Driving on page 9-3.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display,if equipped.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at the

selected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle that it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

could cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:. The sensors are blocked.. The Traction Control System

(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle ahead symbolwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound.See ”Alert Type” and “Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press RES+ or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turn

on. See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-28. To release the electricparking brake, press the acceleratorpedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages on page 5-36.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.



{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC and in the HUD (ifequipped) will indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur.See Vehicle Messages onpage 5-36. ACC will resumeoperation when the acceleratorpedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.



When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press].

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if ] ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.



Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield behind the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care on page 10-69.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Drivingon page 9-3.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.



Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-48.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingWhen the vehicle is in R (Reverse),the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) andRear Parking Assist may help thedriver to avoid a crash or to reducecrash damage while backing andparking. Some models may alsohave the Rear Automatic Brakingand Backing Warning System, Rear

Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA),Automatic Parking Assist (APA),and/or Front Parking Assist.

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display. Whenthe vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the screen returns tothe previous content, after a shortdelay. To see the previous contentsooner, press one of the radiobuttons. If the message ServiceRear Camera System is displayed,the vehicle may need service.

{ Warning

The RVC system does not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or any other objectlocated outside the camera's fieldof view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Perceiveddistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not back the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle using only the RVCscreen, during longer, higherspeed backing maneuvers,or where there could be crosstraffic. Failure to use proper carebefore backing may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Always check behind and aroundthe vehicle before backing.

1. View Displayed by the Camera



1. View Displayed by the Camera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show where theUltrasonic Rear Parking Assist(URPA) has detected an object. Thistriangle changes from amber to redand increases in size the closer theobject.

On vehicles with the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA), a triangle withan arrow may also display on the

RVC screen to warn of trafficcoming from either direction. Thissystem detects objects coming fromup to 20 m (65 ft) from the left orright side behind the vehicle. Whenan object is detected, either threebeeps sound from the left or rightside or three Safety Alert Seatpulses occur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

With Rear Park Assist, and ifequipped with Front Park Assist, asthe vehicle moves at speeds of lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors onthe bumpers detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) infront of the vehicle within a zone25 cm (10 in) high off the groundand below bumper level. Thesedetection distances may be lessduring warmer or humid weather.

{ Warning

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.



The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and thebars change color from yellow toamber to red. When an object is firstdetected in the rear, one beep willbe heard from the rear, or bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat willpulse two times. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the rear or front dependingwhere the object is detected, or bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat willpulse five times. Beeps for FrontParking Assist are higher pitchedthan for Rear Parking Assist.

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) have the BackingWarning System, which is designedto help avoid backing crashes. Thesystem can warn of rear objectswhen backing up at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when apotential object threat is firstdetected, or pulse twice on bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat. Whenthe system detects a potentialimminent crash, beeps will be heardfrom the rear, or five pulses will befelt on both sides of the Safety AlertSeat. There may also be a brief,sharp application of the brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning Systemonly operates at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph). It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.In some situations, such as athigher backing speeds, there maynot be enough time for the short,sharp application of the vehiclebrake system to occur. To prevent

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injury, death, or vehicle damage,even with the Backing WarningSystem, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before backing.

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) also have the RearAutomatic Braking system, which isdesigned to help avoid or reducethe harm caused by backingcrashes. If the system detects thevehicle is backing too fast to avoid acrash with a detected object, it mayautomatically brake hard to a stop.

{ Warning

Rear Automatic Braking may notavoid many types of backingcrashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replace

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

driver braking, but only acts whenthe vehicle may not stop in time.The system, in some situations orenvironments, may not brake ormay not brake in time to avoid acrash. It does not detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,or objects below the bumper orthat are too close or too far fromthe vehicle. To prevent injury,death, or vehicle damage, evenwith Rear Automatic Braking,always check the area around thevehicle before and while backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releasethe Rear Automatic Braking. If thebrake pedal is not pressed soonafter the stop, the electric parkingbrake may be set. To disengage theelectric parking brake, see ElectricParking Brake on page 9-28. When

it is safe, pressing the acceleratorpedal firmly at any time will overridethe Rear Automatic Braking.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesiredautomatic braking occurs. If thishappens, either press the brakepedal or firmly press theaccelerator pedal to release thebrakes from the Rear AutomaticBraking system. Before releasingthe brakes, check the RVCscreen and check the areaaround the vehicle to make sure itis safe to proceed.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the center stackis used to turn on or off the Frontand Rear Parking Assist, RearAutomatic Braking, and BackingWarning System at the same time.The indicator light next to the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

The parking assist symbols,guidance lines, and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) can be turnedon or off through the Settings menuon the infotainment system:

1. On the infotainment system,press the Settings screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.



2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Press Guidance Lines, RearCross Traffic Alert, or ParkAssist Symbols, and then selectOFF or ON.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallelparking spots. When using APA,you must still shift gears, andcontrol the brakes and accelerator.The Driver information Center (DIC)and audible beeps help to guideparking maneuvers.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground level

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

such as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changesin the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

The system is available when thevehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph). Press the APAbutton,O, to enable the system tobegin searching for a space that islarge enough to park in. The systemcannot detect whether it is a legalparking space.

APA searches for parking spaces tothe right of the vehicle. To search fora parking space to the left, turn onthe left turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space bordered by twovehicles or other objects, an audiblebeep occurs and a red symboldisplays in the DIC.



APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the instructions in the DIC.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will briefly vibrate as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicle

into a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A DIC progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmaneuver. Depending on the spacesize, additional maneuvers may berequired, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering tocomplete before continuing theparking maneuver. Upon successfulcompletion of a maneuver, APA willbeep and display a PARKINGCOMPLETE message. Place thevehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:. The steering wheel is used by

the driver.. The maximum allowed speed is

exceeded.. There is a failure with the APA

system.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. An important vehicle message isdisplayed in the DIC.

To cancel APA, press the APAbutton again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along curvesto calibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle forward, Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), Lane DepartureWarning (LDW), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), and/or the ActiveEmergency Braking System canhelp to avoid a crash or reducecrash damage.



Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the Safety AlertSeat. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-37.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving on page 9-3.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills; or due to poorvisibility. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse five times.

When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.

Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.



Selecting the Alert Timing

With Adaptive Cruise Control

Without Adaptive Cruise Control

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press3 or[ toset the FCA timing to Far, Medium,Near, or on some vehicles, Off. Thefirst button press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timing may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe camera sensor on the back ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Active EmergencyBraking SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the ActiveEmergency Braking System, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA) and the AutomaticCollision Preparation (ACP) System.These systems can provide a boost



to braking or automatically brake thevehicle to help avoid or lessen theseverity of crashes.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

Automatic CollisionPreparation (ACP) System

ACP may help reduce crashdamage by applying the vehicle’sbrake system and has a detectionrange of approximately 60 m(197 ft). Braking can only occur if avehicle is detected ahead in yourpath. This is shown by the FCAvehicle-ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-52.

{ Warning

ACP is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on ACP to brake thevehicle.

ACP may not:. Respond to stopped vehicles,pedestrians, or animals.

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect a stopped orslow-moving vehicle or otherobject ahead.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow. Inthese situations, ACP sensorperformance is limited.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Brake Preparation

When quickly approaching a vehicleahead, Brake Preparation reducesbrake response time by having thebrake system prepared for driverbraking to occur more rapidly.



Automatic Braking

In some imminent front-end crashsituations, if the driver has notapplied the brakes, AutomaticBraking applies the brakes to helpreduce crash damage. It may evenhelp avoid some very low speedcrashes.

Automatic Braking may slow thevehicle to a complete stop to try toavoid a potential crash. If thishappens, Automatic Braking mayengage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.To release the EPB, press the EPBbutton. A firm press of theaccelerator pedal will also releaseAutomatic Braking and the EPB.

{ Warning

Automatic Braking mayautomatically brake the vehicle insituations where it may beunnecessary. It could respond toa turning vehicle ahead,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

guardrails, signs, and othernon-moving objects. This couldbe uncomfortable and startling. Tooverride Automatic Braking, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledor reduced through vehiclepersonalization. See the “AutoCollision Preparation” portion of“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48.

{ Warning

Using the Automatic CollisionPreparation System while towinga trailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system off when towinga trailer.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with vehicles in the side blindzone (or spot) areas. The SBZAwarning display will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

{ Warning

SBZA does not alert the driver tovehicles rapidly approachingoutside of the side blind zones,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals. It may not providealerts when changing lanes underall driving conditions. Failure touse proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, always

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This

zone starts at approximately themiddle of the vehicle and goes back5 m (16 ft).

How the System Works

The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a vehicle in the next laneover that is in the side blind zone.This indicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the SBZA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is moving forward, the left-

or right-side mirror display will lightup if a vehicle is detected in thatblind zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction of adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-48. If SBZA is disabled bythe driver, the SBZA mirror displayswill not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orwhen towing a trailer. The SBZAdetection zones that extend backfrom the side of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed. Use caution while changinglanes when towing a trailer. SBZAmay alert to objects attached to thevehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle,or object extending out to either side



of the vehicle. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the side blindzone, especially in wet conditions.The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care onpage 10-69. If the DIC still displaysthe system unavailable messageafter cleaning both sides of thevehicle toward the rear corners ofthe vehicle, see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.

When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

FCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marker without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. LDW uses a camerasensor to detect the lane markings.It only operates at speeds of56 km/h (35 mph) or greater.

When the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking, the LDWindicator will flash and either threebeeps will be sounded from the leftor right, or three Safety Alert Seatpulses will occur on the left or rightside of the seat, depending on thelane departure direction. LDW willnot warn if the turn signal is on inthe departure direction, or if a sharpmaneuver is made.

{ Warning

The LDW system is an aid to helpthe vehicle stay in the drivinglane. It does not steer the vehicle.The LDW system may not:

. Provide enough time to avoida crash.

. Detect lane markings underbad weather conditions or ifthe windshield is dirty.

. Detect lane markings and willnot detect road edges.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Warn that the vehicle iscrossing a lane marking if thesystem does not detect thelane marking.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarker. Even with LDW, alwayskeep your attention on the roadand maintain proper vehicleposition within the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield clean and do not useLDW in bad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.

When the vehicle is started, theLDW indicator on the instrumentcluster may come on briefly.

If LDW is on, the LDW indicator willappear green if the system detectsa left or right lane marking while thevehicle is traveling at56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. If thevehicle crosses a detected lanemarking without using the turnsignal in the lane departuredirection, this indicator will changeto amber and flash. In addition,three beeps will be sounded fromthe left or right side, or the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse three times on

either the left or right side of theseat, depending on the lanedeparture direction.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

If the LDW symbol does not appearwhen the system is on and thevehicle is traveling at least56 km/h (35 mph):. The lane markings on the road

may not be seen.. The camera sensor may be

blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.. The windshield may be

damaged.. The weather may be limiting

visibility.

This is normal operation; the vehicledoes not need service. Clean thewindshield.

Lane markings may not be detectedon curves, highway exit ramps,or hills; or due to poor visibility.



If the LDW camera system does notseem to operate properly, cleaningthe outside of the windshield in frontof the camera sensor may correctthe issue.

{ Warning

LDW does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects the lane markings. LDWmay not detect the lane markingsif the camera sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice, or if thewindshield is damaged. It mayalso not detect a lane on windingor hilly roads, or in conditions thatcan limit visibility such as fog,rain, or snow, or if the headlampsor windshield are not cleaned orin proper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair.

LDW warnings may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,or other road imperfections. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S., to help keep theengine clean and maintain optimumvehicle performance, werecommend using TOP TIERDetergent Gasolines. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasolines.

If the vehicle has the 2.0L L4 LTGturbo engine (VIN Code X), usepremium unleaded gasoline with a



posted octane rating of 91 or higher.Regular unleaded gasoline rated at87 octane or higher can be used,but acceleration could be reduced,and an audible knocking noise maybe heard. If the octane is less than87, a heavy knocking noise may beheard. If this occurs, use a gasolinerated at 87 octane or higher as soonas possible. Otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a higher octane rating,the engine needs service.

If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 LFXengine (VIN Code 3), use regularunleaded gasoline with a postedoctane rating of 87 or higher. If theoctane rating is less than 87, anaudible knocking noise, commonlyreferred to as spark knock, might beheard when driving. If this occurs,use a gasoline rated at 87 octane orhigher as soon as possible. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline rated at 87 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 LF3twin turbo engine (VIN Code 8), usepremium unleaded gasoline with aposted octane rating of 91 or higher.If the octane is less than 91, youcould damage the engine and mayvoid your vehicle warranty. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline rated at 91 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. Driving orstarting could be affected if theincorrect fuel is used. Drive thevehicle with the engine running untilthe fuel is a half tank or less, thenrefuel with the current seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviousely described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) and

other fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inflex fuel vehicles.

{ Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines that are notreformulated for low emissions cancontain an octane-enhancingadditive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines with MMT as they canreduce spark plug life and affectemission control systemperformance. The malfunctionindicator lamp may turn on. If thisoccurs, see your dealer for service.



Gasoline SpecificationsAt a minimum, gasoline should meetASTM specification D 4814. Somegasolines contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See “ProhibitedFuels" in Fuel on page 9-60.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-check

test. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp on page 5-19. If this occurs,return to your authorized dealer fordiagnosis. If it is determined that thecondition is caused by the type offuel used, repairs may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol or manganese, or anyother fuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel onpage 9-60.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refueling

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

nozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop prior tobeginning to flow fuel

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do nottop off or overfill the tank and wait afew seconds before removing thenozzle. After initial shutoff, do notpartially remove the nozzle to addmore fuel as this will result in fuelspillage. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care on page 10-69.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpet inthe trunk.



2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. After filling the tank, remove andclean the funnel adapter andreturn it to the storage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside the fillopening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

keep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches,or use lighters whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle on page 10-66.For towing the vehicle behindanother vehicle such as a motorhome, see Recreational VehicleTowing on page 10-67.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:. Become familiar with the state

and local laws that apply totrailer towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 2 414 km (1500mi) toprevent damage to the engine,axle, or other parts.

. Then during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shiftstoo often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Automatic CollisionPreparation System should beset to Off when towing. SeeActive Emergency BrakingSystem on page 9-54.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if theliftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

When towing a trailer:. Do not drive with the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutCarbon Monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9-22.



Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as thevehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid heavybraking and sudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination will not accelerate asquickly and is longer so it isnecessary to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

{ Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this sothe trailer will not strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,or other objects. Avoid jerky orsudden maneuvers. Signal well inadvance.

If the trailer turn signal bulbs burnout, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will still flash for turns. It isimportant to check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might get hot and no longerwork well.



Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too oftenunder heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, consider thefollowing: Engine coolant will boil ata lower temperature than at normalaltitudes. If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle may show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run while parked,preferably on level ground, with theautomatic transmission in P (Park)for a few minutes before turning theengine off. If the overheat warningcomes on, see Engine Overheatingon page 10-21.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the regular brakesuntil the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.


3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Let up on the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

7. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11-3. Things that areespecially important in traileroperation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axle



lubricant, belts, cooling system, andbrake system. It is a good idea toinspect these before and duringthe trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing (With LFXEngine)Before pulling a trailer, threeimportant considerations have to dowith weight:. Weight of the trailer.. Weight of the trailer tongue.. Total weight on your vehicle's

tires.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that canbe too heavy.

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature, and

how much the vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in thetow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment. Theweight of additional optionalequipment, passengers, and cargoin the tow vehicle must besubtracted from the maximum trailerweight.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice, or write us atour Customer Assistance Offices.See Customer Assistance Officeson page 13-3.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes the

curb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers, or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9-11.



The trailer tongue (1) should weigh10% of the total loaded trailerweight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9-11. Make sure not to go overthe GVW limit for the vehicle,including the weight of the trailertongue.

Trailer Towing (With LTGor LF3 Engine)The vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Use the correct hitch equipment.See your dealer or a hitch dealer forassistance.. The rear bumper on the vehicle

is not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If so,seal the holes when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust onpage 9-22.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongue of

the trailer to help prevent the tonguefrom contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Leave enough slack so the rig canturn. Never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Does the trailer have its ownbrakes? Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If this is done, bothbrake systems will not work well orat all.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3-33 and AddingEquipment to the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3-33.


Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . 10-2

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-21Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-27Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28

Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Windshield Replacement . . . 10-29

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-30Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Electrical SystemElectrical SystemOverload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-44Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57


10-2 Vehicle Care

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-61Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-66Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to

cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non‐dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride and


Vehicle Care 10-3

handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non‐GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3-33.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Informationon page 13-11.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3-33.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records onpage 11-16.

{ Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.


10-4 Vehicle Care

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hood releasehandle. The handle is under thefront edge of the hood near thecenter. Push the handle to theright and at the same time raisethe hood.

To close the hood:

Before closing the hood, be sure allfiller caps are on properly. Then,bring the hood from full open towithin 152 mm (6 in) of the closedposition. Pause, then push the frontcenter of the hood with a swift, firmmotion to fully close the hood.


Vehicle Care 10-5

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 LTG Engine


10-6 Vehicle Care

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid onpage 10-22.

2. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See Battery onpage 10-25.

3. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10-32.

4. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem on page 10-16.

5. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Battery onpage 10-25.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil on page 10-10.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System onpage 10-16.

8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil on page 10-10.

9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10-14.

10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes on page 10-23.


Vehicle Care 10-7

3.6L V6 LFX Engine


10-8 Vehicle Care












Vehicle Care 10-9

3.6L V6 LF3 Engine


10-10 Vehicle Care











Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:. Always use engine oil approved

to the proper specification and ofthe proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System on page 10-12.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10-5 for the location of theengine oil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.


Vehicle Care 10-11

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean itwith a paper towel or cloth, thenpush it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping the tipdown, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12-2.

{ Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10-5 for the location of theengine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13.

Specification

Use and ask for licensed engine oilswith the dexos1® approvedcertification mark. Engine oilsmeeting the requirements for thevehicle should have the dexos1approved certification mark. Thiscertification mark indicates that theoil has been approved to the dexos1specification.


10-12 Vehicle Care

{ Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil can result in enginedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. Check with yourdealer or service provider onwhether the oil is approved to thedexos1 specification.

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29°C(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,

always select an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification”earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils with the dexosspecification and displaying thedexos certification mark are all thatis needed for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or rags

containing used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.


Vehicle Care 10-13

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages on page 5-39.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-30 andEngine Oil Messages onpage 5-39.

2. Press the SEL button and holdto clear the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message and resetthe oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.


10-14 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule on page 11-3, and be sureto use the fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-5 for location.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Inspect the air cleaner/filter at thescheduled maintenance intervals.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11-3. If you are driving industy/dirty conditions, inspect thefilter at each engine oil change.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

To inspect the engine air cleaner/filter, remove the filter from thevehicle and lightly shake the filter torelease loose dust and dirt. If thefilter remains covered with dirt, anew filter is required.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

2.0L L4 LTG Engine

1. Air Duct Clamp

2. Electrical Connector

3. Screws

1. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air duct clamp (1).

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2) and wiringattachment to cover.

3. Remove the screws (3) on top ofthe cover.


Vehicle Care 10-15

4. Lift the filter cover housing awayfrom the engine.

5. Pull out the filter.

6. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstallthe filter cover housing.

3.6L V6 LFX Engine

1. Air Duct Clamp

2. Electrical Connector

3. Screws

1. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air duct clamp (1).

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2) and wiringattachment to cover.






3.6L V6 LF3 Engine

1. Lower Air Duct Clamp

2. Lower Electrical Connector

3. Upper Air Duct Clamp

4. Upper Electrical Connector

5. Screws

1. Disconnect the lower and upperoutlet ducts by loosening thelower (1) and upper (3) air ductclamps.

2. Disconnect the lower (2) andupper (4) electrical connectorsand wiring attachments to cover.


10-16 Vehicle Care






{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

{ Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

2.0L L4 LTG Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)


Vehicle Care 10-17

3.6L V6 LFX Engine



3.6L V6 LF3 Engine



{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

{ Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by the

(Continued)


10-18 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

vehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See Maintenance Scheduleon page 11-3 and RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11-13.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating onpage 10-21.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C (−34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

{ Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13.


Vehicle Care 10-19

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running. It isalso normal to see bubbles enteringthe surge tank through thesmall hose.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the COLDFILL line, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at the bottomof the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water and

DEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem, including the coolant surgetank pressure cap, is cool beforeyou do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is set

(Continued)


10-20 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

for the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

{ Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap from the topchamber when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If you hear ahiss, wait for that to stop. Thiswill allow any pressure still left tobe vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it. Open thesurge tank service port cap tothe lower chamber. The serviceport is behind the top chamber.

3. Fill the surge tank top chamberwith the proper DEX-COOLcoolant mixture to the bottom ofthe fill neck. The top chamberneeds to be completely full. Fillthe surge tank bottom chamberthrough the service port toapproximately half.


Vehicle Care 10-21

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off and the surgetank service port cap open, startthe engine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiator hosegetting hot. Watch out for theengine cooling fan(s).

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tank topchamber may be lower. If thelevel is lower, add more of theproper DEX-COOL coolantmixture to the surge tank topchamber until the level reachesthe bottom of the fill neck.

5. Replace the surge tank pressurecap tightly and close the surgetank service port cap.

{ Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Check the level in the surge tanktop and bottom chambers when thecooling system has cooled down.If the coolant is not at the properlevels, repeat Steps 1–3 andreinstall the pressure cap and closethe service port. If the coolant still isnot at the proper levels when thesystem cools down again, see yourdealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof the engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Service on page 13-5.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

{ Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

(Continued)


10-22 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.. Stops after high-speed driving.. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-5 for reservoir location.


Vehicle Care 10-23

{ Caution

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows for fluidexpansion if freezing occurs,which could damage the tankif it is completely full.

BrakesThis vehicle has disc brakes. Discbrake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time when the vehicleis moving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

{ Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications on page 12-2.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service might berequired.

Brake Adjustment

Every time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.


10-24 Vehicle Care

Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to getnew, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle, can changethe balance between the front andrear brakes — for the worse. Thebraking performance expected canchange in many other ways if thewrong replacement brake parts areinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10-5 for the location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brake

hydraulic system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or laterthe brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove brake fluid,as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5-22.


Vehicle Care 10-25

What to Add

Use only new DOT 3 brake fluidfrom a sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it. Thishelps keep dirt from entering thereservoir.

{ Warning

With the wrong kind of fluid in thebrake hydraulic system, thebrakes might not work well. Thiscould cause a crash. Always usethe proper brake fluid.

{ Caution

. Using the wrong fluid canbadly damage brakehydraulic system parts. For

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

example, just a few drops ofmineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in the brakehydraulic system can damagebrake hydraulic system partsso badly that they will have tobe replaced. Do not letsomeone put in the wrongkind of fluid.

. If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces,the paint finish can bedamaged. Be careful not tospill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, wash it offimmediately.

BatteryThe battery is in the trunk, behindthe trim panel, on the driver side ofthe vehicle. Refer to thereplacement number shown on theoriginal battery label when a newbattery is needed.

{ Warning

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

After a power loss, such asdisconnecting the battery orremoving the maxi fuses in thepower distribution fuse block, thefollowing steps must be performedto calibrate the electronic throttlecontrol. If this is not done, theengine will not run properly.

1. Turn the ignition on but do notstart the engine.

2. Leave the ignition on for at leastthree minutes so that theelectronic throttle control willcycle and relearn its homeposition.

3. Turn the ignition off.


10-26 Vehicle Care

4. Start and run the engine for atleast 30 seconds.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting onpage 10-64 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle is equipped withAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD), this is anadditional system that needslubrication.

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck the transfer case fluid unlessa leak is suspected or an unusualnoise is heard. A fluid loss couldindicate a problem. Have itinspected and repaired.

How to Check Lubricant

1. Fill Plug


Vehicle Care 10-27

2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug hole, on the transfercase, some lubricant will need to beadded. Add enough lubricant toraise the level to the bottom of thefill plug hole. Use care not toovertighten the fill plug.

What to Use

Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine what kind of lubricantto use. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-13.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-28.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-28.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move the


10-28 Vehicle Care

shift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.. To check the parking brake's

holding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11-14.

{ Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered byyour warranty. Do not allow thewiper arm to touch the windshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield. The passenger sidewiper arm has limited travel.


Vehicle Care 10-29

2. Press the button in the middle ofthe wiper arm connector, andpull the wiper blade away fromthe arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield ReplacementThe windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the vehicle has to havethe windshield replaced, get onethat is designed for HUD or theHUD image may look out of focus.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs onpage 10-31.

For any bulb‐changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.


10-30 Vehicle Care

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The high intensity dischargelighting system operates at a veryhigh voltage. If you try to serviceany of the system components,you could be seriously injured.Have your dealer or a qualifiedtechnician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket

2. Bulb

3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)toward the center of the vehicle.

2. Pull the lamp assembly down toremove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket andturn the bulb socket clockwise toinstall it into the lamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the release tablocks into place.


Vehicle Care 10-31

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb

Number

LicensePlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop. Wiper function isavailable immediately after the wiperswitch is set to off, and back to on.

To protect the wiper motor fromoverheating, the wipers may slowdown when the windshield is dry fora long period of time. If a period ofdry operation, or little moisture,exceeds ten minutes, the wipersmay switch to intermittent operation,and remain there. When moisture isagain detected on the windshield,wiper operation will return to theoperator selected speed.


10-32 Vehicle Care

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block onpage 10-32, Instrument Panel FuseBlock on page 10-35, and RearCompartment Fuse Block onpage 10-38.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThe underhood fuse block is on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment.

Lift the fuse block cover to accessthe fuses.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

{ Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 10-33

Number Usage

1 Not Used

2 Not Used

*3 Not Used

4 Body ControlModule 6

5 Not Used

6 Driver Power Seat

7 Not Used

*8 Headlamp WasherRelay

9 Not Used

10 Not Used

11 Not Used

12 Not Used

13 PassengerPower Seat


15 Front Wiper


10-34 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

16 Not Used

*17 Headlamp Washer

18 Not Used

19 Antilock BrakeSystem Pump

20 Antilock BrakeSystem Valve

*21 AIR Pump

22 MSB Driver

23 Wiper Control Relay

24 Wiper Speed Relay

25 Engine ControlModule Relay

*26 AIR Pump Relay

27 Spare/HeatedSeat 2

28 Body ControlModule 1/Spare

Number Usage

*29 AFS AHL/PedestrianProtection

30 Passenger WindowSwitch


32 Sunroof

33 Not Used

34 AOS Display/MILIgnition

35 Rear ElectricalCenter Ignition

36 Spare PT Fuse

37 Oxygen Sensor

38 Ignition Coils/Injectors

39 Ignition Coils/Injectors/Spare

40 Engine ControlModule

Number Usage

41 Fuel Heater

*42 AIR Solenoid Relay

43 Washer

44 Not Used

45 Front Washer Relay

46 Not Used

47 Instrument PanelBody Ignition

48 Fuel SystemControl ModuleIgnition

49 Heated SteeringWheel

*50 SteeringColumn Lock

*51 Coolant Pump

*52 Coolant PumpRelay

53 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch


Vehicle Care 10-35

Number Usage

*54 AIR Solenoid

55 TransmissionControl Module/Spare

*56 Headlamp LowRelay

57 Headlamp HighRelay

58 Starter

59 Starter Relay

60 Run/Crank Relay

*61 Vacuum PumpRelay

62 Air ConditioningControl Relay

*63 Adaptive HeadlampLeveling

*64 Left High IntensityDischargeHeadlamp

Number Usage

*65 Right High IntensityDischargeHeadlamp

66 Headlamp HighLeft/Right

67 Horn

68 Horn Relay

69 Cooling Fan

70 Aero Shutter

71 TransmissionControl ModuleIgnition

72 Engine ControlModule Ignition

*73 BrakeVacuum Pump

74 Not Used

* Optional

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block isin the end of the driver side of theinstrument panel.

To access the fuses, remove theend panel by gently prying with aplastic tool near each clip, beginningat the point shown.


10-36 Vehicle Care

To install the end cover, insert thetabs on the back of the cover intothe slots in the instrument panel atthe points shown. Align the clipswith the slots in the instrumentpanel, and press the cover intoplace.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.


Vehicle Care 10-37

Mini Fuses Usage

2 MotorizedCupholder

3 Electric SteeringColumn Lock

4 Data LinkConnector

5 Heater, Ventilation,and Air ConditioningControl

6 Tilt and TelescopingSteering Column

8 Spare

9 Glove Box Release

10 Shunt



13 Spare

14 Spare

15 Spare

Mini Fuses Usage

16 Spare

17 Spare

18 Spare

19 Spare

20 Spare

21 Spare

22 Sensing DiagnosticModule/AutomaticOccupant Sensing

23 Radio/DVD/Heater,Ventilation, and AirConditioning

24 Display

25 Heated SteeringWheel

26 Wireless Charger

27 Steering WheelSwitches

28 Spare

29 Spare

Mini Fuses Usage

30 Spare

J CaseFuses

Usage

31 Spare

32 Spare

33 Front Heater,Ventilation, and AirConditioning Blower

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Retained AccessoryPower/AccessoryPower Outlet Power

CB7 Spare

Relays Usage

K10 Retained AccessoryPower/Accessory

K605 Logistics


10-38 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage

K644 Glove Box Release

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the driver side ofthe rear compartment.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.


Vehicle Care 10-39

Number Usage

*1 Electronic LimitedSlip Differential/DCDC Transformer

2 Left Window


*4 A/C Inverter

5 Passive EntryPassive StartBattery 1


7 Heated Mirrors

8 Amplifier

9 Rear WindowDefogger

10 Glass Break

*11 Trailer Connector

12 OnStar (IfEquipped)

13 Right Window

Number Usage

14 Electric ParkingBrake

15 Not Used

16 Trunk Release

*17 Run Relay

*18 Logistics Relay

*19 Logistics Fuse

20 Rear WindowDefogger Relay

21 Mirror WindowModule

22 PedestrianProtection

23 Canister Vent

24 PedestrianProtection

*25 Rear Vision Camera

*26 Front VentilatedSeats

*27 SBZA/LDW/EOCM

Number Usage

*28 Trailer/Sunshade

*29 Rear Heated Seats

*30 Semi-ActiveDamping System

*31 Transfer CaseControl Module/Electronic LimitedSlip Differential

32 Theft Module/Universal GarageDoor Opener/RainSensor

*33 UPA

*34 Radio/DVD

35 Not Used

*36 Trailer

37 Fuel Pump/FuelSystem ControlModule

38 Not Used

39 Not Used


10-40 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

40 Not Used

41 Not Used

*42 Memory SeatModule


44 Not Used

45 Battery RegulatedVoltage Control

46 Engine ControlModule Battery

47 Not Used

48 Not Used

*49 Trailer Module

50 Door Lock Security

51 Rear ClosureRelease

52 Not Used

53 Not Used

54 Door Lock Security

Number Usage

55 Not Used

*56 Fuel Door

* Optional

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowout

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-41

Warning (Continued)

and a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-11.

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation onpage 10-50 for inflation pressureadjustment for high-speeddriving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level of


10-42 Vehicle Care

traction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires on page 10-42.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires onpage 10-57.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:. Use tires of the same brand and

tread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, had run-flattires. There is no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no placeto store a tire in the vehicle.

The vehicle also has a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tire pressurein any of the tires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemaneuvers. Driving too fast couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured. Do notdrive over 90 km/h (55 mph) whenthe low tire warning light isdisplayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tire pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tire. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tire may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, keep speed below 80 km/h(50 mph). With a light load thevehicle can be driven up to 100 km(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km


Vehicle Care 10-43

(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km(25 mi). As soon as possible,contact the nearest authorized GMor run-flat servicing facility forinspection and repair orreplacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When atire has been damaged, or drivenany distance while deflated, checkwith an authorized run-flat tireservice center to determine whetherthe tire can be repaired or should bereplaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tires mustbe run-flat tires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

The valve stems on run-flat tireshave sensors that are part of theTPMS. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10-50. Thesesensors contain batteries that aredesigned to last for 10 years under

normal driving conditions. See yourdealer for wheel or sensorreplacement.

{ Caution

Using liquid sealants can damagethe tire valves and tire pressuremonitor sensors in the run-flattires. This damage is not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notuse liquid sealants in run-flattires.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 255/35R19size tires, they are classified aslow-profile tires.

{ Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/or

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

wheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

This vehicle may come with 245/40R18 (front) and 275/35R18 (rear)high performance summer tires.These tires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. We recommend


10-44 Vehicle Care

installing winter tires on the vehicleif frequent driving at temperaturesbelow approximately 5°C (40°F) oron ice or snow covered roads isexpected. See Winter Tires onpage 10-42.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size: The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performance

criteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation): TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture: The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.


Vehicle Care 10-45

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10-59.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passenger

vehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width: The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code: A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.


10-46 Vehicle Care

(5) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure: The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight: Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are

automatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead: The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)

before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10-48.

Curb Weight: The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings: A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-11.


Vehicle Care 10-47

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-11.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-11.

Intended Outboard Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index: An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight: The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9-11.

Occupant Distribution:Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that faces

outward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure: Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure on page 10-48 andVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-11.


10-48 Vehicle Care

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the tread

of a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tireson page 10-57.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards): A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading onpage 10-59.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9-11.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9-11.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.


Vehicle Care 10-49

{ Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity.

For additional informationregarding how much weight thevehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9-11. Howthe vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the center


10-50 Vehicle Care

of the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Return the valve caps on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, puts anadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.You could have a crash and youor others could be killed. Somehigh-speed rated tires requireinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed operation. Whenspeed limits and road conditionsare such that a vehicle can be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

driven at high speeds, make surethe tires are rated for high-speedoperation, in excellent condition,and set to the correct cold tireinflation pressure for thevehicle load.

Vehicles with P245/45R17 95V,P245/40R18 93V, or 255/35R19 96V size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment whendriving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold inflation pressure to280 kPa (41 psi).

Vehicles with 245/40R18 93Y and275/35R18 95Y size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment whendriving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold inflation pressure to300 kPa (44 psi).

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-11 and Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or


Vehicle Care 10-51

tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10-51.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.


10-52 Vehicle Care

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9-11.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and details

about the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-30.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9-11 for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10-48.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tire

maintenance. See Tire Inspectionon page 10-55, Tire Rotation onpage 10-55, and Tires onpage 10-40.

{ Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-53

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 10-57.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,


10-54 Vehicle Care

using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side reartire. See your dealer for service orto purchase a relearn tool.

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power mode inON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions on page 9-16.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure infodisplay option is turned on. Theinfo displays on the DIC can beturned on and off through theSettings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-30.

4. Use the five-way DIC control onthe right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-30.

5. Press and hold the SEL buttonin the center of the five-way DICcontrol.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message displays onthe DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.


Vehicle Care 10-55

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or

more places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationIf the vehicle has non-directionaltires, they should be rotatedevery 12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11-3.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheel

alignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires on page 10-57and Wheel Replacement onpage 10-61.

Directional tires should not berotated. Each tire and wheelshould be used only in theposition it is in. Directional tireswill have an arrow on the tireindicating the proper direction ofrotation or will have “left” or“right” molded on the sidewall.


10-56 Vehicle Care

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear and theyare non-directional.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating tires of the same sizeinstalled on all four wheelpositions.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure on page 10-48and Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9-11.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation onpage 10-51.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications onpage 12-2.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could come

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

off and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.


Vehicle Care 10-57

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection on page 10-55 and TireRotation on page 10-55.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impact


10-58 Vehicle Care

the overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling on page 10-44, foradditional information.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out at

about the same time. See TireRotation on page 10-55 forinformation on proper tirerotation. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-59

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10-51.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-11, for the labellocation and more informationabout the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GM

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

specific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires onpage 10-57 and Accessories andModifications on page 10-2.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration


10-60 Vehicle Care

(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled


Vehicle Care 10-61

conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.

If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causing

(Continued)


10-62 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

a crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

{ Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has P245/40R18,245/40R18, 275/35R18, or 255/35R19 size tires, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tire chains couldcause loss of control and acrash. Use another type oftraction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

{ Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with atire size other than P245/40R18,245/40R18, 275/35R18, or 255/35R19, use tire chains only where

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-63

Caution (Continued)

legal and only when necessary.Use low profile chains that add nomore than 12 mm thickness to thetire tread and inner sidewall. Usechains that are the proper size forthe tires. Install them on the tiresof the rear axle. Don't use chainson the tires of the front axle.Tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,slow down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning the wheelswith chains on will damage thevehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tire, it is much more likely toleak out slowly. See Tires onpage 10-40 for additionalinformation. But if there ever is ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

The vehicle has no spare tire, notire changing equipment, and noplace to store a tire.

If the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. SeeRun-Flat Tires on page 10-42.


10-64 Vehicle Care

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery onpage 10-25.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

{ Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Good Battery Positive Terminal

2. Good Battery Negative Terminal

3. Discharged Battery RemotePositive terminal

4. Discharged Battery RemoteNegative Ground Terminal

The jump start positive terminal (1)and negative post (2) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The jump start remote positiveterminal (3) and the remote negativeground terminal (4) for thedischarged battery are on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under ared cover. Remove the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.


Vehicle Care 10-65

{ Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so thatthey are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly andput the shift lever in P (Park)with an automatic transmission,or Neutral with a manualtransmission.

{ Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

warranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn offall lights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Be sure the battery has enoughwater. You do not need to addwater to the battery installed inyour new vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sure the rightamount of fluid is there. If it is low,add water to take care of thatfirst. If you do not, explosive gascould be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


10-66 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of the goodbattery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundingterminal for the dischargedbattery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

{ Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

Towing the Vehicle

{ Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to the chassiscomponents — including the frontand rear subframes, suspensioncontrol arms, and links — duringtowing and recovery of a disabledvehicle, or when securing thevehicle. Use the proper nylonstrap harnesses around the tiresto secure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.


Vehicle Care 10-67

Use the tow eye for towing adisabled vehicle or loading it onto aflatbed car carrier. The tow eyeshould not be used to recover avehicle from an off road situation.

{ Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in thissection.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. What is the towing capacity of

the towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing


10-68 Vehicle Care

{ Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. Seethe following information on dollytowing.

Dolly Towing(Rear-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

Use the following procedure to dollytow a rear-wheel-drive vehicle fromthe rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer instructions.

2. Put the rear wheels on the dolly.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

4. Firmly set the parking brake.

5. Use an adequate clampingdevice designed for towing toensure that the front wheels arelocked into the straight-aheadposition.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturerinstructions.

7. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towingvehicle.

8. Turn the ignition to OFF.


Vehicle Care 10-69

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel DriveVehicles)

Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannotbe dolly towed.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

{ Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaning

(Continued)


10-70 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

products can be obtained fromyour dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

{ Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Thee symbol is on anyunderhood compartment electricalcenter that should not be power

washed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such as

calcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

{ Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-71

Caution (Continued)

may damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

{ Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:. Be sure the molding is cool to

the touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use a cleaning solutionapproved for aluminum. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use chrome cleaners.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals and stripes. Followinstructions under "Washing theVehicle" previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating.

Use only lukewarm water, a softcloth, and mild car washing soap toclean exterior lamps and lenses. Donot clean or wipe them while theyare dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:. Abrasive or caustic agents.. Washer fluids and other cleaning

agents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.


10-72 Vehicle Care

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

{ Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

{ Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick or

squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11-13.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

{ Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-73

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

{ Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

{ Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thefuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, Spring andFall, use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.


10-74 Vehicle Care

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregular

dark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils. Notethat newspapers or dark garmentsthat can transfer color to homefurnishings can also permanentlytransfer color to the vehicle'sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Your dealer may have products forcleaning the interior. Use cleanersspecifically designed for thesurfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply allcleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners directly

on any switches or controls.Cleaners should be removedquickly. Never allow cleaners toremain on the surface beingcleaned for extended periodsof time.

Cleaners may contain solvents thatcan become concentrated in theinterior. Before using cleaners, readand adhere to all safety instructionson the label. While cleaning theinterior, maintain adequateventilation by opening the doors andwindows.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:. Never use a razor or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with excessivepressure.


Vehicle Care 10-75

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willleave a residue that createsstreaks and attracts dirt. Do notuse solutions that contain strongor caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.Commercial glass cleaners may beused, if necessary, after cleaningthe interior glass with plain water.

{ Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with justwater and mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.. When lightly soiled, wipe with a

sponge or soft lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating brush attachment is beingused during vacuuming, only use iton the floor carpet. Before cleaning,gently remove as much of the soilas possible using one of thefollowing techniques:. Gently blot liquids with a paper

towel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth is recommendedto prevent lint transfer to thefabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.


10-76 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

Following the cleaning process, apaper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

For vehicles with high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays, use amicrofiber cloth to wipe surfaces.Before wiping the surface with themicrofiber cloth, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that couldscratch the surface. Then use themicrofiber cloth by gently rubbing toclean. Never use window cleanersor solvents. Periodically hand washthe microfiber cloth separately,using mild soap. Do not use bleachor fabric softener. Rinse thoroughlyand air dry before next use.

{ Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

{ Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, spot lifters, or spotremovers. Do not use cleanersthat contain silicone or wax-basedproducts. Cleaners containing

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-77

Caution (Continued)

these solvents can permanentlychange the appearance and feelof leather or soft trim and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

{ Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.


10-78 Vehicle Care

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.


Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trained


11-2 Service and Maintenance

technicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

{ Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo

within recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-11.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel on page 9-60.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic

in hot weather.. Mainly driven in hilly or

mountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 10-3.



Cadillac PremiumCare MaintenanceYour vehicle comes with theCadillac Premium CareMaintenance. It is a maintenanceprogram that covers selectmaintenance services during thefirst 4 years or 80 000 km(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance covers routinemaintenance services, whenscheduled in accordance with theowner manual, including:. Oil changes based on the

vehicle's oil life monitor system.. Tire rotation every 12 000 km

(7,500 mi).. Engine air cleaner filter

replacement.. Passenger compartment air filter

replacement.. Multi‐point vehicle inspection

(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenanceservices be performed by a Cadillacauthorized service dealer.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop. Check the engine oil level. See

Engine Oil on page 10-10.

Once a Month. Check the tire inflation

pressures. See Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection on page 10-55.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid onpage 10-22.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system might notindicate the need for vehicle service



for more than a year. The engine oiland filter must be changed at leastonce a year and the oil life systemmust be reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10-12.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation on page 10-55.. Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil on page 10-10 and EngineOil Life System on page 10-12.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant on page 10-18.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid onpage 10-22.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare on page 10-69. Replaceworn or damaged wiper blades.See Wiper Blade Replacementon page 10-28.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection on page 10-55.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10-14.

. Inspect brake system.



. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care onpage 10-69.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck on page 3-20.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care on page 10-69.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check on page 10-27.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check onpage 10-27.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check onpage 10-28.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof onpage 2-25.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil andfilter, if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Turbo Engines) @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(3.6L LFX Engine Only) @

Change automatic transmission fluid. Changefilter if serviceable. @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5) @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with electroniclimited slip differential. (3.6L V6 Turbo LF3Engine only)

@

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8) @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation onpage 10-55.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.Replacement may also be needed ifthere is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(3) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the transfercase fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System onpage 10-16.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil andfilter, if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Engines: Replace sparkplugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

3.6L LFX Engine Only: Replace spark plugs.Inspect spark plug wires. @

Change automatic transmission fluid. Changefilter if serviceable. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5) @ @ @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with electroniclimited slip differential. (3.6L V6 Turbo LF3Engine only)

@ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8) @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation onpage 10-55.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.Replacement may also be needed ifthere is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(3) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the transfer

case fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System onpage 10-16.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Careon page 10-69.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts. Belts may need replacing if they

squeak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.. Signs of brake wear may include

chirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13 for GMapproved fluids.. Engine oil and windshield

washer fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.. Signs that the headlamps need

attention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.. Signs of wear may include

steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.. Signs that the tires need to be

replaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through the

rubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care onpage 10-74 and Exterior Care onpage 10-69.



Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.. Signs that the alignment may

need to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.. Signs of damage include

scratches, cracks, and chips.. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.. Signs of wear include streaking,

skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1® specification, of the properSAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended.See Engine Oil on page 10-10.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant on page 10-18.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

6-Speed Automatic Transmission (w/2.0L L4 and 3.6L LFX AWD Engines)

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

8-Speed Automatic Transmission (w/3.6L LFX RWD and 3.6L LF3

Engines)

ATF-WS Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88863400, inCanada 88863401).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951).

Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Rear Axle (Limited-Slip Differential) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624, inCanada 88862625) meeting GM Specification 9986290.

Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 20857930 A3178C

3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 20857930 A3178C



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 22844634 A3185C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64

3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 25177917 PF2129

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 89017525 PF63

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356916 CF185

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 12622561 41-109

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12642791 41-118

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23144358 —

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23144359 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed



DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed



2 NOTES


Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 12-2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, on the spare tire cover,has the following information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-13 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System– Engine

2.0L L4 Engine 8.5 L 9.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 11.3 L 11.9 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12.8 L 13.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine RWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt

2.0L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 6.6 L 7.0 qt

Fuel Tank 72 L 19 gal


Technical Data 12-3

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Transfer Case – AWD 0.8 L 0.8 qt

Rear Axle (with limited slip) 1.2 L 1.3 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 3 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 8 Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)


12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine


Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-11

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-13OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.


13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800–458–8006. InCanada, call the Canadian CadillacCustomer Care Centre at1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within

40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-888-446-2000 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCanadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user can

communicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience is a one-stop resourcethat allows interaction with Cadillacand keeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information):Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information):View maintenance schedules,required alerts, OnStar onboardvehicle diagnostic information, andschedule service appointments.

I (Service History): Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation): Select a preferreddealer and view dealer location,maps, phone numbers, and hours.

J (Warranty TrackingInformation): Track the vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information): Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)on page 12-1.

H (Other Account Information):View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio, and OnStar accountinformation.

F (Live Chat Support): Chat livewith online help representatives.

Visit my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.



Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Take a trip to the Cadillac OwnerCentre:. Chat live with online help

representatives.. Locate owner resources such as

lease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number.. Telephone number of your

location.. Location of the vehicle.. Model, year, color, and license

plate number of the vehicle.. Odometer reading, Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided up to 6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi), whichevercomes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Service program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock may



be available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is yourresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during the

6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi)Powertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mile radiusof a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization has



been received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered,however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the ownerresponsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultant

of your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),

extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.



Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to wait, GM helpsto minimize inconvenience byproviding several transportationoptions. Depending on thecircumstances, your dealer can offerone of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideshuttle service to get you to yourdestination with minimal interruptionof your daily schedule. This includesone-way or round-trip shuttle servicewithin reasonable time and distanceparameters of your dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If the vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used instead ofyour dealer's shuttle service, theexpense must be supported by

original receipts and can only be upto the maximum amount allowed byGM for shuttle service. In addition,for U.S. customers, should youarrange transportation through afriend or relative, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation regarding the allowanceamounts for reimbursement of fuelor other transportation costs.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Your dealer may arrange to provideyou with a courtesy rental vehicle orreimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if the vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local, andrental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,

insurance coverage, credit card, etc.You are responsible for fuel usagecharges and may also beresponsible for taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion of therepair.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Please contact yourdealer for specific information aboutavailability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangements will beadministered by appropriate dealerpersonnel.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.



Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed from

vehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate‐of‐the‐art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, we



recommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service on page 13-5.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.. Driver license number.. Owner name, address, and

telephone number.. Vehicle license plate number.. Vehicle make, model, and

model year.. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Insurance company and policy

number.. General description of the

damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? on page 3-27.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may be



obligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau , QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.



Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit , MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa , Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:. How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.



These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data arerecorded by your vehicle only if anon-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender,age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.



Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniences suchas Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitters for remote door locking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garage

door openers. RFID technology inGM vehicles does not use or recordpersonal information or link with anyother GM system containingpersonal information.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



2 NOTES


OnStar 14-1

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Overview

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices.

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:. Solid Green: System is ready.. Flashing Green: On a call.. Red: Indicates a problem.

PressQ or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.Requires the available Directionsand Connections service plan.

PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor to:. Verify account information or

update contact information.. Get driving directions. Requires

the available Directions andConnections service plan.

. Receive On-DemandDiagnostics for a check of thevehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.


14-2 OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergency button> to get a priority connection to anEmergency Advisor available 24/7 to:. Get help for an emergency.. Be a Good Samaritan or

respond to an AMBER Alert.. Get assistance in severe

weather or other crisis andevacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyWith Automatic Crash Response,the built-in system can automaticallyconnect to help in most crashes,even if help cannot be requested.

Press> to connect to anEmergency Advisor. GPStechnology is used to identify thevehicle location and can providecritical information to emergencypersonnel. The Advisor is alsotrained to offer critical assistance inemergency situations.

SecurityOnStar provides services like StolenVehicle Assistance, Remote IgnitionBlock, and Roadside Assistance,if equipped. OnStar can unlock thevehicle doors remotely, if equippedwith automatic door locks, and canhelp police locate the vehicle if it isstolen.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires theDirections and Connectionsservice plan.

PressQ to receive directions orhave them sent to the vehiclenavigation screen, if equipped.Destinations can also be forwardedto the vehicle from MapQuest.com.The OnStar mapping database iscontinuously updated. For coveragemaps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor.

2. Request directions.

3. Directions are downloaded to thevehicle.

4. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.


OnStar 14-3

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say“Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

2. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and the distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Other Navigation ServicesAvailable from OnStar

OnStar eNav: Allows subscribersto send destinations fromMapQuest.com to their Turn-by-TurnNavigation or screen-basednavigation system. When ready, thedirections will be downloaded to thevehicle.

Destination Download: PressQ,then request the Advisor todownload directions to thenavigation system in the vehicle.

After the call ends, press the “Go”button on the navigation screen tobegin driving directions.

If directions are downloaded to thenavigation system, the route canonly be canceled through thenavigation system.

Destinations can also bedownloaded on the go. Forinformation about eNav, DestinationDownload, and coverage maps seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsOnStar Hands-Free Calling allowscalls to be made and received fromthe vehicle. The vehicle can also becontrolled through the OnStarRemoteLink® mobile app. Forcoverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).


14-4 OnStar

OnStar Mobile App

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple®,Android™, and BlackBerry® devicesto check vehicle fuel level, oil life,or tire pressure; to start the vehicle(if equipped) or unlock it; or toconnect to an OnStar Advisor. ForOnStar RemoteLink information andcompatibility, see www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Hands-Free Calling

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” followed bya tone.

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Store a Name Tag for SpeedDialing


2. Say “Store.” System responds:“Please say the number youwould like to store.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing. System responds:“Please say the name tag.”

4. Pick a name tag. Systemresponds: “About to store <nametag>. Does that sound OK?”

5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to tryagain. System responds: “OK,storing <name tag>.”

Place a Call Using a StoredNumber


2. Say “Call <name tag>.” Systemresponds: “OK, calling<name tag>.”


OnStar 14-5

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

Vehicle DiagnosticsOnStar Vehicle Diagnostics willperform a vehicle check everymonth. It will check the engine,transmission, antilock brakes, andmajor vehicle systems. It alsochecks the tire pressures, if thevehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System. If anOn-Demand Diagnostics check isneeded between e-mails, pressQ,and an Advisor can run a check.

OnStar AdditionalInformationTransferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan assist in canceling or removingaccount information. If OnStarreceives information that vehicleownership has changed, OnStarmay send a voice message to thevehicle, requesting updated accountinformation.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible after acquiring the vehicle.The Advisor will update vehiclerecords and will explain the OnStarservice offers and options available.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions:. Call 888-4-ONSTAR

(888-466-7827).. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features


14-6 OnStar

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

OnStar service cannot work unlessyour vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area, and the wirelessservice provider has coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservice. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar service may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar service may notwork. Other problems beyond thecontrol of OnStar may preventservice such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of the

vehicle, damage to the vehicle in acrash, or wireless phone networkcongestion or jamming.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpsubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ for help with:

. Locating a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Providing directions to theclosest hospital or pharmacy inurgent situations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to the deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTY

system can provide in-vehicleaccess to all of the OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca(Canada)

The website provides access toaccount information, allowsmanagement of the OnStarsubscription, and viewing of videosof each service. Get subscriptionplan pricing and sign up for OnStarVehicle Diagnostics. Click on the“My Account” tab on the homepage. The website navigation andservices provided may vary bycountry.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some ofthe OnStar services, like RemoteDoor Unlock and Stolen VehicleAssistance. You will be prompted tochange the PIN the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To


OnStar 14-7

change the OnStar PIN, call OnStarand provide the Advisor with thecurrent number.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Themanufacturer of the vehiclefurnishes detailed warrantyinformation.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five days.After five days, OnStar can contact

Roadside Assistance and alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels,underpasses, or parkinggarages; or in an area with verydense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to callOnStar. However, OnStar couldhave difficulty identifying theexact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

. A temporary loss of GPS cancause loss of the ability to senda Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.The Advisor may give a verbal

route or may ask for a call backafter the vehicle is driven into anopen area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Avoid placing items over or near theantenna to prevent blocking cellularand GPS signal reception. Cellularreception is required for OnStar tosend remote signals to the vehicle.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


14-8 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment on page 9-70. Addedelectrical equipment may interferewith the operation of the OnStarsystem and cause it to not operate.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada).Privacy-sensitive users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - libcurl and unzipacknowledgments

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software. Beloware the notices and licensesassociated with this software:

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document


OnStar 14-9

should be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,

George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binary ordisabled.


14-10 OnStar

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including, butnot limited to, labeling of thealtered versions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variation

thereof, including, but not limitedto, different capitalizations),“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or“MacZip” without the explicitpermission of Info-ZIP. Suchaltered versions are furtherprohibited frommisrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its own sourceand binary releases.


INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Active EmergencyBraking System . . . . . . . . 1-18, 9-54

Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-37Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Add-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70

Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-24AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-18Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-56

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 9-26, 10-26

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-46

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25Shift Lock ControlFunction Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27


i-2 INDEX

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-28BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-22

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Braking SystemActive Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-30Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-62Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iiiCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-3Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-19CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Child RestraintsInfants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-42

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49, 3-51Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9


INDEX i-3

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . 9-33ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Engine TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38

Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-37Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . .13-11

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9Danger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-13Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . 9-34Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . .3-12

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-26, 10-26

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-45Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-51Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65

Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-10Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5


i-4 INDEX

Driving (cont'd)Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . 9-28Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70

Electrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32


Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Cooling System Messages . . .5-39Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4, 9-17

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-13Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-3Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-5Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . 10-14Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-8


INDEX i-5

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-62Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-27Requirements, California . . . . .9-62System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

FusesEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32


Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55

GasolineSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62

GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-5Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33HeadlampsAdaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-28High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-29

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20


i-6 INDEX

HeaterEngine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-50Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-21Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-40Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-44LampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-4Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-19

Lamps (cont'd)Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30LightAdaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23LightingAdaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30


INDEX i-7

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-22Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . .5-26

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-27Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-24Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-17Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . 9-34

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-27Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16

Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluidsand Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-39Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Object Detection System . . . . .5-41Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-44Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47


i-8 INDEX

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-21Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-35Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4OnStar®

System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® VehicleDiagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-21

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-46

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-28Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . 10-2

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9


INDEX i-9

Power (cont'd)Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7

Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-6Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12

Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2, 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-34Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash . . . 3-21

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-12General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45


i-10 INDEX

Safety Belts (cont'd)Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-21Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-20

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-12General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-8Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-3Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49, 3-51

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11

Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-27Starting the Engine . . . . . . . 1-4, 9-17Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3


INDEX i-11

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystemActive Emergency Braking . . . .9-54Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1, 13-15SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-18Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

TiresBuying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-63Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-51Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-50Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-61When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-65Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-69General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-65Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-67Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68, 9-69Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . .9-34Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68, 9-69

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14


i-12 INDEX

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

UUniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-55Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-57Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-47Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Vehicle (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-24Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Vehicle DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-58

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .ivHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47

WheelsAlignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-41Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-28

2014 Cadillac CTS Owners Manual

Documents

Transcript of 2014 Cadillac CTS Owners Manual